thl Annual Results FY21
Tourism Holdings Limited
Tel: +64 9 336 4299
The Beach House
Fax: +64 9 309 9269
Level 1, 83 Beach Road
www.thlonline.com
Auckland City
PO Box 4293, Shortland Street
Auckland 1140, New Zealand
Self drive
Experiences
New Zealand
Australia
USA
UK
Design &
Manufacturing
New Zealand
Australia
Guided
Experiences
New Zealand
26 August 2021
MEDIA | NZX RELEASE
TOURISM HOLDINGS LIMITED (thl)
ANNUAL RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDING 30 JUNE 2021
Summary:
Statutory net loss after tax of $14.5M, and ordinary net loss after tax of $14.3M down $34.3M on
the prior corresponding period (pcp).
Continued balance sheet management with net debt of $49M and refinanced debt facilities of up to
$250M through to 2024.
Record vehicle sales revenue and volumes, with growth in average sales margin per vehicle in all
countries.
Strong USA performance with average yield uplift on the pcp.
Australian Rentals business delivered positive EBIT result despite lockdowns, with positive outlook
for domestic demand and average yields assuming an environment with no domestic travel
restrictions.
New Zealand Rentals and Tourism continue to be challenging given the reliance on international
tourism.
A net loss is the most likely outcome for FY22, however the quantum of the loss is difficult to
ascertain at this point.
thl today releases its results for the financial year ending 30 June 2021 (FY21).
Rob Campbell, thl Chair, said “We are not pleased with the net loss after tax of $14.5M, but do consider
that we have managed it well within the context of global tourism. We have continued to adapt,
manage the balance sheet and retain opportunities for the future.
“However, we recognise the uncertainty regarding the outlook for international tourism, particularly for
New Zealand and Australia. The United States appears to be close to reopening and the current
increasing vaccination rates in New Zealand and Australia are clearly positive.
“In the interim, thl remains a company with a carefully managed balance sheet that is strong for our
industry segment and has a company value that is supported by a base of tangible, realisable and in
demand assets that are being sold well in excess of book values.”
Grant Webster, thl Chief Executive Officer, said “we are moving forward, taking the opportunities that
exist for our business in today’s environment whilst continuing to challenge and adapt as required for
long‐term success.
“We have capitalised on the relative category growth for the RV experience and improved our vehicle
sales expertise to deliver a record sales year, while managing our rental fleet to the prevailing domestic
conditions within each country.
“A key priority for the year has been keeping customers and crew safe from COVID‐19. We are very
pleased to have had no traceable cases linked to our operation from any of our 40 locations globally.
Despite the challenging times and uncertainty, our crew have adapted and delivered.
“Regardless of the demand environment today our belief in becoming Future‐Fit remains, and is
directing us on what we believe is the right path, ensuring we will be sustainable in all aspects of the
business as we reset and prepare for the years ahead.”
The integrated report, including the financial statements, as well as an investor presentation, are
available on thl’s website.
ENDS
Authorised by:
Rob Campbell
Chair, Tourism Holdings Limited
For further information contact:
Grant Webster
thl Chief Executive Officer
Direct Dial: +64 9 336 4255
Mobile: +64 21 449 210
About thl (www.thlonline.com)
thl is a global tourism operator. We are listed on the NZX and are the largest provider of RVs for rent and
sale in Australia and New Zealand, and the second largest in North America. In the USA, we own and
operate the Road Bear RV Rentals & Sales brand and El Monte RV Rentals & Sales. In the UK, thl owns
49% of Just go Motorhomes. Within New Zealand, we operate Kiwi Experience and the Discover Waitomo
group, which includes Waitomo Glowworm Caves, Ruakuri Cave, Aranui Cave and The Legendary Black
Water Rafting Co. thl also owns and operates Action Manufacturing, New Zealand’s largest motorhome
and specialist vehicle manufacturer.
---
F Y 1 9
F U L L Y E A R R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
moving
forward
together
2021 ANNUAL RESULTS
PRESENTATION
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Disclaimer
2
This presentation contains forward-looking statements
and projections. These reflect thl’s current expectations,
based on what it thinks are reasonable assumptions. The
statements are based on information available to thlat
the date of this presentation and are not guarantees or
predictions of future performance. For any number of
reasons, the future could be different and the
assumptions on which the forward-looking statements
and projections are based could be wrong. thlgives no
warranty or representation as to its future financial
performance or any future matter. Except as required by
law or NZX listing rules, thlis not obliged to update this
presentation after its release, even if things change
materially.
This presentation has been prepared for publication in
New Zealand and may not be released or distributed in
the United States.
This presentation is for information purposes only and
does not constitute financial advice. It is not an offer of
securities, or a proposal or invitation to make any such
offer, in the United States or any other jurisdiction, and
may not be relied upon in connection with any purchase
of thlsecurities. thlsecurities have not been, and will
not be, registered under the US Securities Act of 1933
and may not be offered or sold in the United States,
except in transactions exempt from, or not subject to,
the registration of the US Securities Act and applicable
US State securities laws. Past performance information
given in this presentation is given for illustrative
purposes only and should not be relied upon as an
indication of future performance.
This presentation may contain a number of non-GAAP
financial measures. Because they are not defined by NZ
GAAP or IFRS, thl’s calculation of these measures may
differ from similarly titled measures presented by other
companies and they should not be considered in
isolation from, or construed as an alternative to, other
financial measures determined in accordance with NZ
GAAP.
This presentation does not take into account any specific
investors objectives and does not constitute financial or
investment advice. Investors are encouraged to make an
independent assessment of thl. The information
contained in this presentation should be read in
conjunction with thl’s latest financial statements, which
are available at: www.thlonline.com.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Highlights
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Summary
4
•Statutory net loss after tax of $14.5M, and ordinary net loss after tax of
$14.3M down $34.3M on the pcp.
•Continued balance sheet management with net debt of $49M and refinanced
debt facilities of up to $250M through to 2024.
•Record vehicle sales revenue and volumes, with growth in average sales
margin per vehiclein all countries.
•Strong USA performance with average yield uplift on the pcp.
•Australian Rentals business delivered positive EBIT result despite lockdowns,
with positive outlook for domestic demand and average yields assuming an
environment with no domestic travel restrictions.
•New Zealand Rentals and Tourism continue to be challenging given the
reliance on international tourism.
•A net loss is the most likely outcome for FY22, however the quantum of the
loss is difficult to ascertain at this point.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
1
Excludes non-recurringitems. Refer to slide 25for further information.
2
Fleet as at 30 June 2020 was incorrectly reported as 5,885 in the 2020 Annual Results Presentation.
Year in review
As at 30 June 2021
TOTAL REVENUE
$359M
(2020:$401M)
NETPROFITAFTERTAX(NPAT)
-$14.5M
(2020:$27.4M)
-10%
TOTAL FLEET AT YEAR-END
4,242
(2020:5,815)
2
EBITDA
$40.4M
(2020:$111.7M)
NET DEBT AT YEAR-END
$49M
(2020:$128M)
EBIT
-$8.3M
(2020:$48.6M)
XX%
SALE OF GOODS REVENUE
$229M
(2020:$143M)
5
-62%
+60%
-117%
-153%
-64%
-171%
-27%
ORDINARY NPAT
1
-$14.3M
(2020:$20.0M)
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Rentals
6
New Zealand
•Continues to operate in a challenging environment given the loss
of 90%+ of the normal business, small domestic population and
lower yields in the domestic market.
•We continue to assess this business and how the existing
overheads and network can be leveraged to bring in new revenue
streams.
Australia
•The business performs well when there is an open domestic travel
environment but was impacted by multiple lockdowns.
•A refreshed pricing approach based on consumer price elasticity in
this new environment has achievedaverage yields in excess of
historical norms in H2 FY21. The business expects these domestic
yield benefits to remain beyond the closed border environment,
which is expected to improve low and shoulder seasons.
United States
•The business benefited from favourable conditions as average
yields in the domestic market exceed those in the international
market, and there were less travel restrictions.
NZD $M
88.5
64.9
77.1
97.9
70.0
83.0
91.6
57.6
77.5
31.1
34.5
56.1
0
15
30
45
60
75
90
105
New ZealandAustraliaUnited States
Total rental revenue
FY18FY19FY20FY21
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Vehicle sales
7
46.8
15.6
90.6
50.8
13.6
66.5
45.9
16.8
80.8
100.9
31.0
91.0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
New ZealandAustraliaUnited States
Vehicle sales revenue*
FY18FY19FY20FY21
NZD $M
•Average sales margins in all countries have increased
on the pcp.
•Margins in the USA have been particularly positive, up
73% on the pcp. The business shifted focus to retail
sales in Q4 to maintain the rental fleet size for the peak
season, given the increasing risks of supply chain
delays.
•The New Zealand business had a strong result in H2.
Average sales margins in H1 were down 36% on the
pcp* and came back to end 49% up on the pcp for
FY21.
•Average sales margins for Australia also increased by
26% on the pcp.
•We continue to see the strong demand carrying
through into FY22.
* Refer to the thl FY21 Interim Results Presentation for detail on impact of Great
New Zealand Motorhome Salecampaign on New Zealand sales margins.
* Reflects sale of goods revenue (excludes Action Manufacturing and buyback vehicles).
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Real depreciation rate
8
* The Real Depreciation Rate is the measure of the difference between the purchase price and
sale price of the vehicles sold in a financial period. It allows for no gain on sale or costs
associated with the sale or management of the vehicle.
•Positively, the Real Depreciation Rate in
FY21waslower than historical performance as
vehicles purchased pre-pandemic have been sold in
the current demand environment at higher margins.
•A trend seen in all countries has been more
substantial vehicle sales margin growth in the
second half of the financial year.
•We expect sales margins to revert to historical
norms at some point in FY22 or FY23.
•However, we expect that the lower FY21 Real
Depreciation Rate will remain for FY22 as the
particularly strong margins seen in Q4 FY21 have
continued into Q1 FY22.
Real Depreciation Rate *
FY21
FY20
FY19
FY18
New Zealand
5.5%
5.7%
5.6%
6.0%
Australia
6.2%
7.1%
7.4%
8.0%
United States
2.8%
5.0%
3.5%
2.5%
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
9
Fleet movement
2,083
1,539
2,109
2,332
1,641
2,440
2,532
1,441
1,842
1,547
1,208
1,487
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
New ZealandAustraliaUnited States
Fleet size
30-Jun-1830-Jun-1930-Jun-2030-Jun-21
New Zealand
Australia
United States
1
Excludes sale of non-fleet vehicles and includes write-offs.
2
Includes sale of 1 buyback vehicle.
3
FY20 closing fleet was incorrectly reported as 1,912 in the 2020 Annual Results Presentation.
•All three businesses have had record sales volume
years.
New Zealand
•Fleet reduced by nearly 40% in FY21.
•Despite the Get Moving campaign generating activity
in H1, rentals utilisation across the year remained
challenging, at approximately 50%, due to the
characteristics of the domestic market.
•The average fleet age has increased due to a higher
proportion of new and near-new vehicles sold.
Australia
•Several lockdowns across the year resulted in
approximately 50% utilisation despite positive
underlying demand in the domestic market.
•The average fleet age has reduced by approximately 1
year over FY21 due to the mix of vehicles sold.
United States
•Sale of over 60% of the fleet from the start of FY21
has reduced the average fleet age to below 12
months at the end of FY21, improving the rentals
customer proposition and reducing rentals R&M
costs.
•Approximately 300 vehicles originally due for delivery
in June 2021 are now being delivered in Q1 FY22.
Units:
FY21
FY20
VAR
VAR %
Opening Fleet
2,532
2,332
200
9%
Fleet Sales
(1,125)
(470)
(655)
139%
Fleet Purchases
140
670
(530)
(79%)
Closing Fleet
1,547
2,532
(985)
(39%)
Vehicle Fleet
Units:
FY21
FY20
VAR
%
Opening Fleet
1,441
1,641
(200)
(12%)
Fleet Sales
(486)
(591)
105
(18%)
Fleet Purchases
253
391
(138)
(35%)
Closing Fleet
1,208
1,441
(233)
(16%)
Vehicle Fleet
1
1 2
1 3
Fleet reduction
in response to
COVID-19
Units:
FY21
FY20
VAR
%
Opening Fleet
1,842
2,440
(598)
(162%)
Fleet Sales
(1,178)
(970)
(208)
21%
Fleet Purchases
823
372
451
121%
Closing Fleet
1,487
1,842
(355)
(19%)
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
FY21FY20VAR%
Interest on bank borrowings
(NZ$M)
7.2 9.4 (2.2) (23%)
Average effective interest rate on
bank borrowings
7.5%4.9%3% 53%
Equity ratio at year-end53.7%45.6%8% 18%
Total facility limit at year-end
(NZ$M)
201 230 (29.0) (13%)
Volume weighted average term to
maturity at year-end (months)
33 21 11.6 55%
Equity and funding
10
1
Includes USD, GBP and AUD denominated commitments and a NZ$50M
facility that becomes available from December 2021.
Maturityof debt facilities ($NZ)
June 2023$50M
June 2024
1
$201M
Total facilities
1
$251M
•Net debt at 30 June 2021 was $49M.
•thl’s equity ratio has been further strengthened in FY21 as
vehicles were sold at a profit and proceeds used to repay debt.
The equity ratio has improved to 53.7% at 30 June 2021.
•thl completed a refinancing of its debt facilities and structure in
June 2021, with committed funding of up to $250M through to
2024.
•Following the refinancing, the average term to maturity at 30
June 2021 has increased by approximately 12 months compared
to the pcp, to two years and nine months.
•The refinancing also reduced the interest rates applicable to
thl’s facilities.
•While the average effective interest rate was higher in FY21 due
to higher rates and unutilised headroom, total interest paid was
lower than the pcp as debt remained lower across the year.
•As thl re-fleets, debt will increase and the average effective
interest rate will decrease as we utilise more of the current
headroom.
1
Inclusive of interest on swaps, and excludes ineffectiveswap value transferred to the income statement.
2
Excluding intangibles.
3
A further NZ$50M facility has been agreed and becomes available from December 2021. Inclusive of this facility, the
facility limit has increased by $21M on FY20.
1
3
2
1
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Our value
today and
tomorrow
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
A positive long-term outlook
We believe we are well positioned to succeed when international tourism
returns.
The RV category is growing globally
We believe we are improving our revenue share in each of the
RV markets we operate in
We are managing and optimising our operational cost base
We are investing in a modern fleet
Our value is underpinned by realisable tangible assets
We are a business on a sustainable Future-Fit journey
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
An asset-backed company
13
•As at 30 June 2021, thlhad net tangible assets of $261.5M or $1.73 per share.
•These assets include vehicles with a carrying value of ~$274M.
•As thl generally realises a gain on the sale of its vehicles, there is additional real
equity in the market value of its fleet that is not recognised in the balance
sheet.
•Historically, average vehicle sales margins globally have been between 10% -
20%, depending on country. Sales margins in each country in FY21 have been
higher than historical performance.
•Based on the historical metrics, we conservatively estimate the additional real
equity in our fleet at 30 June 2021 is at least ~$27M to $55M and reflects an
additional ~18 to 36 cents per share.
•This value underpins the thlshare price as it reflects physical, mobile assets that
are in demand, and their value can be realised in a short timeframe.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Domestic opportunities
14
We continue to focus on several domestic growth opportunities to balance thl’s
reliance on international tourism and build greater resilience in the business model:
•Organic growth in Action Manufacturing’s special commercial vehicle design and
manufacturing business, and the possibility of inorganic growth opportunities that
complement Action’s core commercial elements.
•Establishing the RV Super Centre as the one-stop shop for all things RV-related in
New Zealand, with growth in retail sales (including online), servicing and repair
work.
•Expanding the vehicle sales businesses by introducing a greater range of new
‘direct-to-yard’ vehicles and updating fleet designs to reflect sales customers’
needs.
•Alternative RV rental revenue, e.g. event accommodation and emergency
response needs.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Future-Fit Programme: Priorities
15
Priority 1: Tackle the three biggest challenges –where we are off track, the impact is severe and our Fitness is low
•BE17: Product Harm Productsdo notharmpeople or the environment
•BE18: Product GHGs Productsemit nogreenhouse gases
•BE04: Procurement Procurementsafeguards thepursuit of future-fitness
Priority 2: Make progress–close current gaps to prevent harm and achieve 100% Fitness
•BE11: Living Wage Employees are paid at least aliving wage
•BE16: Product Concerns Productconcernsare actively solicited, impartially judged and transparently addressed
•BE08: Operational Encroachment Operationsdo notencroachon ecosystems or communities
•BE09: Community Health Community healthis safeguarded
•BE14: Employee Concerns Employee concernsare actively solicited, impartially judged and transparently addressed
Priority 3: Address data and knowledge gapsto be able to accurately assess and address impacts
•BE05: Operational EmissionsOperational emissionsdo notharmpeople or the environment
•BE06: Operational GHGs Operationsemit nogreenhouse gases
•BE19: Products RepurposedProductscan berepurposed
•BE = Break-Even Goals
We are committed to meeting all 23 Future-Fit Break-Even Goals, but have prioritised Break-Even Goals where we need to do the
most work and which create the biggest impact in the automotive and tourism industries.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Outlook
16
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
17
Outlook by market
New ZealandAustraliaUnitedStates
Domestic rental
demand
●●●
Domesticrental
yield
●●●
Returnof
international
demand
●●●
Operational
costs*
●●●
Vehicle sales
quantities**
●●●
Vehicle sales
margins
●●●
Manufacturing
●●
N/A
•This table reflects our
current outlook of the
market conditions and thl’s
performance within various
business segments in FY22,
relative to FY21.
•Our views reflect the
underlying conditions within
each segment and
excludesthe potential
impact of any lockdowns
from Q2 FY22 onwards.
●
●
●
Improvement
Similar
Deterioration
* Partially impacted by loss of wage subsidies.
** Reflective of fleet available for sale rather than market demand.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Market trends and expectations
18
New ZealandAustraliaUnitedStates
Rentals
environment
•Domestic yields, inclusive of summer season and
peak holiday periods, have been approximately 40 -
50% down on historical norms. We expect domestic
yields to improve in FY22 on a year-on-year basis.
•Utilisation remains difficult to maximise given the
proportion of weekend bookings but this is balanced
with a lower rental fleet across FY22. Non-holiday
periods remain very challenging.
•A late booking cycle continues with close to 50% of
revenue generated in the three-week period before
travel.
•There were positive initial signs during open Trans-
Tasman travel with up to 40% of new
bookingsoriginating from Australia, while domestic
demand remained consistent.
•Expectation that these rental trends will continue
while domestic only market remains.
•Recent lockdown is not expected to make a
material difference to the FY22 result, however it is
not clear how long this will last.
•Domestic yields havebeenhigher than previous years.
•The business had a record month of May EBIT result and
June was well above earlier expectationsprior to current
lockdowns.
•Positive utilisation during most periods when there is open
domestic travel.
•Ongoing lockdowns and border closures do impact
utilisation, but positive rebound in bookings seen quickly
after lockdowns and when border closures end.
•Expectation that travel will be restricted in some form for the
remainder of CY21 but there will be positive activity during
periods of open travel.
•The business expects the current domestic yield gains to
remain beyond the closed border environment, which is
expected to improve low and shoulder seasons.
•Domestic yields havebeen higher than previous
years. The business is now maximising yields on the
smaller rental fleet base.
•Utilisation remains difficult to maximise given the
proportion of weekend bookings.
•Refer to next slide for detail on CY21 summer season
demand being lower than earlier expectations.
•No current indication of re-entry by Apollo into the
rentals market in FY22.
Vehicle sales
environment
•Theglobal trend of growth in the RV sales market is
evident in New Zealand. We believe this is primarily
attributable to category growth.
•Margins are higher than previous years and
elevated demand isexpected to continue through
FY22, based on strongerdomestic travel demand
and supply constraints.
•Theglobal trend of growth in the RV sales market is evident
in Australia. We believe this is primarily attributable to
category growth.
•Margins are higher than previous years and elevated
demand isexpected to continue through FY22, based on
strongerdomestic travel demand and supply constraints.
•The category has benefited significantly from COVID-
19 restrictions.
•Demand has led to significant growth in sales
margins. There is also a one-off gain representing the
sale of our current one to three year old vehicles
(originally purchased at lower prices reflective of the
market at that time) in the current inflated sales
market.
•Elevated demand isexpected to continue through
FY22, based on supply constraints, strong domestic
demand and low dealer inventory.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
United States high season update
19
•Domestic demand in the CY21 high season has remained above pre-COVID levels, reflective
of category growth, butlower than CY20 and our expectations.
•A component of rental demandin theCY20 high season was one-off innature due to
substitute forms of traveland leisure being closed.
•The CY21 high season reflects the loss ofsome of that demand as otheroptions have now
opened up across the country and outboundtravel has now restarted while inbound travel
remains closed.
•This is a transitional impact on the business until international travel to the United States
returns.
•We estimate that approximately USD$5M of the rentalrevenue in Q1 FY21 related tothe
positive, one-off, benefit from substitute products being closed.
•The Q2 FY22 result for the US business remains unclear and could havesignificant upside
depending on when inbound travel from the UK and Europe into the United States opens.
•We expect strong growth for the CY22 high season, assuming internationalinbound travel
opens, as we are seeing high demand for RV travel in theUS from European/UK markets.
•We continue to see less competition in theinternational trade market, which is also expected
to benefit CY22.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
20
United States high
season update
As various lockdown restrictions have lifted, interest in substitute forms of travel and leisure
products (that had been closed) grew at the expense of RV travel. This is the inverse of the trend
seen in CY20.
* 100 reflects the highest search volume period for each category. The search terms are not on the same scale in order to demonstrate
relativity. On an absolute basis, searches for the term ‘RV rentals’ are significantly lower than searches for the other terms.
*
•As various lockdown restrictions have lifted,
interest in substitute forms of travel
andleisure products (that had been closed)
have grown at the expense of RV travel.
•Since July 2020 (the highest search volume
period for RV rentals),searches for RV
rentals are down 40%. In the same
period,searches forflight and cruise travel
are up approximately 100%.
•This inverse of the trend seen in CY20 within
the CY21 high season is evident in the right
side of the chart.
•Weexpect the impact on RV travel will
lessen after the initial surge inother
travelcategories subsides.
•However, while we believe there has been
strong category growth that will remain, we
do not expect that domestic rentals demand
willreturn to the high point seen inCY20.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Capital expenditure and fleet growth
21
Gross Capital Expenditure ($M)Proceeds from Fleet Sales ($M)Net Capital Expenditure ($M)
Note: Fleet purchased or sold under buyback arrangements are not treated as additions/sales of fixed assets. They are treatedasoperating leases under IFRS reporting. For the purposes of the above, the purchases
and sales values under buyback arrangements are included. The above also includes non-fleet capital expenditure, which has been categorised as core capital expenditure. Non-fleet capital expenditure is minimal
(below $6M per annum inclusive of digital development).
•The global fleet has been reduced to 4,242 vehicles with a net withdrawal of $91M in funds from fleet in FY21.
•We believe that we have reduced fleet at a lesser rate than the wider market and grown our share as competitors have exited in
certain markets.
•Net capital expenditure in FY22 is expected to be between $50M -$100M, depending on market conditions and fleet availability.
•Subject to supply constraints and based on the rate of the return of international tourism, we expect that we will re-fleet to 5,000 –
6,000 vehicles at some point in FY24.
201
197
120
107
FY18FY19FY20FY21
CoreFlex
143
121
135
197
FY18FY19FY20FY21
CoreFlex
58
76
(16)
(91)
CoreFlex
FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
FY22 outlook
22
•The level of uncertainty in market conditions precludes a forecast of overall financial performance for FY22 at this time.
•The first quarter rentals performance and forward order book are lower than we expected some months ago. This is attributableto:
•lower rental activity in the United States high season relative to last year;
•the spread of the Delta variant globally creating lockdowns; and
•the suspension of Trans-Tasman travel.
•Vehicle sales and margins have exceeded expectations for the quarter.
•The current spread of the Delta variant in Australia indicates that there will be ongoing travel restrictions in many states,and in particular in respect
of the largest population base in New South Wales. This will heavily impact the Australian result for the first half.
•It is likely that Trans-Tasman travel will remain closed for some months and therefore provide little or no benefit for the New Zealand Rentals and
Tourism businesses in the first half.
•The second quarter result for the United States business remains unclear and could vary significantly depending on when inbound travel from the
UK and Europe into the United States opens.
•Financial performance in the second half of FY22 remains unclear. There is potential upside on the result for the pcp if:
•domestic travel in Australia fully opens (the trends for April to June 2021 were positive);
•international travel into the United States opens; and
•Trans-Tasman travel returns to the benefit of the New Zealand Rentals and Tourism businesses.
•The recent Alert Level 4 lockdown in New Zealand is not expected to make any material difference to the FY22 result for New Zealand as at the date
of this presentation, however it is not clear how long this will last.
•The balance of these factors indicates that a net loss is the most likely outcome for FY22. The quantum of the loss is difficultto ascertain at this
point.
•Given these current uncertain market conditions, we caution that most analyst forecasts for thlat the date of this presentation are too optimistic for
FY22.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Summary statement
23
Whilst acknowledging the current loss situation, the
business is very well positioned to emerge from this
pandemic period with a leading market position,
wellmanaged balance sheet, new revenue streams, a
growth orientated manufacturing business and a capable,
motivated crew.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
General notes
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Important notes
25
General
•All financials are in NZ dollars unless stated otherwise (throughout presentation).
•All comparisons are against prior corresponding period (pcp) unless stated otherwise.
•The average NZD:AUD cross-rate (average of the 12 month rates) for FY21 was 0.9327 (FY20: 0.9480).
•The average NZD:USD cross-rate (average of the 12 month rates) for FY21 was 0.6971 (FY20: 0.6369).
•Return On Funds Employed (ROFE) is a non-GAAP measure that thluses to measure performance of business units, and the Group, in
relation to the financial resources utilised.ROFE is calculated as EBIT divided by average monthly net funds employed. Net funds
employed are measured as total assets, less non-interest bearing liabilities and cash on hand. Lease liabilities resulting from IFRS 16 are
not considered in determining funds employed. Accordingly, the interest expense arising from IFRS 16 is also deducted from EBIT for
the purposes of ROFE. The calculation is done in NZ dollars.
•Net debt refers to interest bearing loans and borrowings less cash and cash equivalents.
•The balance sheet is converted at the closing rate as at 30 June 2021.The USD cross-rate used was 0.6998 (FY20: 0.6426); the AUD
cross-rate used was 0.9310 (FY20: 0.9340) and the GBP cross-rateused was 0.5050 (FY20: 0.5220).
•FY21 includes:
•A non-recurring accounting gain of $1.2M (inclusive of tax) from the termination of the lease for the Mangere branch; and
•A fair value adjustment loss of $1.4M in relation to the original 50% shareholding in Action Manufacturing.
•FY20 includes:
•the partial Togo exit undertaken in March 2020 which resulted in a one-off gain of $9.3M including tax and foreign exchange
benefits;
•a tax benefit of $1.1M in the United States; and
•the write-off of $3.1M of goodwill attributed to Kiwi Experience.
•The depreciation expense and interest expense recognised in FY21 in relation to IFRS 16 is $8.2M (FY20:$7.8M) and $3.4M (FY20:
$3.9M) respectively. Actual lease payments for the period were $11.1M (FY20:$10.4M).
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
COVID-19 related events
26
Description of eventAmount (NZ$)
Recognition in statement of
comprehensive income
Wage subsidies received*$4,373,000Netted off within operating expenses
Strategic Tourism Asset Protection
Programme funding
$1,720,000Other income
US PPP loan forgiveness$1,457,000Other income
thl’s statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 30 June 2021 has the following unique events related to
the COVID-19 pandemic:
* Includes the New Zealand and Australian wage subsidy schemes.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Accounting implications relating to 100%
Action ownership
27
•As a 50/50 joint venture, Action Manufacturing previously recognised a profit on the sale of vehicles to the thl Rentals
businesses as its customer. 50% of this profit would then be attributed to thl as the 50% shareholder of Action
Manufacturing.
•As Action Manufacturing is now a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sale of vehicles to thl are now an intercompany
transfer and so the profit on the sale is not recognised at a group level.
•From a divisional accounting perspective, we continue to manage these businesses consistent with our pre-acquisition
approach, to ensure that the appropriate incentives and competitive motives remain with both Action Manufacturing
and thl Rentals as if the transactions were between businesses at arms-length.
•While Action Manufacturing continues to recognise the profit on the sales at a division level, this profit is eliminated at
the thl group level and results in a lower book value for the vehicle (based on the cost of production with no
manufacturing margin).
•As the starting book value is lower, the depreciation expense incurred at a group level during the time the vehicle is
owned by thlis also lower. The depreciation expense incurred at the thl Rentals level is consistent with the previous
approach.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Thank you
28
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Divisional
financial
information
29
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Divisional EBIT
30
$MFY21FY20VarVar %FY21FY20VarVar %FY21FY20VarVar %
thl Rentals
New Zealand(14.7)30.2 (44.9)(149%)(5.5)22.8 (28.2)(124%)(9.2)7.5 (16.7)(223%)
Australia0.2 8.6 (8.4)(98%)2.8 0.0 2.8 NA(2.6)8.6 (11.2)(130%)
USA 14.6 10.9 3.7 34% (2.0)(1.5)(0.5)34% 16.6 12.4 4.2 34%
Total Rentals0.1 49.8 (49.7)(100%)(4.6)21.3 (25.9)(122%)4.7 28.5 (23.7)(83%)
Manufacturing0.5 0.0 0.5 NA0.5 0.0 0.5 NA0.0 0.0 0.0 NA
Tourism Group(0.6)3.9 (4.6)(116%)(0.1)(0.4)0.3 (64%)(0.5)4.3 (4.8)(112%)
Total operating divisions0.0 53.7 (53.7)(100%)(4.2)20.9 (25.1)(120%)4.2 32.8 (28.6)(87%)
Group Support Services & Other*(8.3)(5.1)(3.2)63% (5.9)(3.3)(2.6)78% (2.4)(1.8)(0.6)34%
Total EBIT(8.3)48.6 (56.9)(117%)(10.1)17.6 (27.7)(157%)1.8 31.0 (29.2)(94%)
EBIT before non-recurring Items(8.5)51.0 (59.5)(117%)(8.7)20.0 (28.7)(143%)0.2 31.0 (30.8)(99%)
Non-recurring items
One-off transactions 0.2 (2.4)2.6 (109%)(1.4)(2.4)1.0 (42%)1.6 0.0 1.6 NA
Total non-recurring items0.2 (2.4)2.6 (109%)(1.4)(2.4)1.0 (42%)1.6 0.0 1.6 NA
Split
Australia0.2 8.6 (8.4)(98%)2.8 0.0 2.8 NA(2.6)8.6 (11.2)(130%)
USA14.6 10.9 3.7 34% (2.0)(1.5)(0.5)34% 16.6 12.4 4.2 34%
NZ (23.0)29.1 (52.1)(179%)(10.9)19.1 (30.0)(157%)(12.1)10.0 (22.1)(221%)
Total EBIT(8.3)48.6 (56.9)(117%)(10.1)17.6 (27.7)(157%)1.8 31.0 (29.2)(94%)
Split
Australia0.2 8.6 (8.4)(98%)2.8 0.0 2.8 NA(2.6)8.6 (11.2)(130%)
USA14.6 10.9 3.7 34% (2.0)(1.5)(0.5)34% 16.6 12.4 4.2 34%
NZ (23.3)31.5 (54.7)(174%)(9.5)21.5 (31.0)(144%)(13.7)10.0 (23.8)(238%)
Total EBIT before non-recurring Items(8.5)51.0 (59.5)(117%)(8.7)20.0 (28.7)(143%)0.2 31.0 (30.8)(99%)
Full Ye ar6 M onths to June6 M onths to De ce mbe r
* Includes thl digital revenue and expenditure, andintercompany eliminations relating to vehicles sold by Action Manufacturing to the thlRentals businesses.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
39%
18%
41%
2%
31
Revenue by geography
New ZealandAustraliaUSATourism Group
34%
19%
39%
8%
FY21FY20
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Tourism
32
NZD $MFY21FY20VAR%
Revenue5.430.7(25.3)(82%)
Costs(6.1)(26.8)20.7(77%)
EBIT(0.6)3.9(4.6)(116%)
Full Year
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Action Manufacturing
33
Result for the 4 month period under 100% thl ownership:
Full year result as a standalone business on a 100% basis:
NZD $M
FY21
FY20
VAR
%
Revenue
43.7
64.1
(20.5)
(32%)
Costs
(42.8)
(60.5)
17.8
(29%)
EBIT
0.9
3.6
(2.7)
(75%)
NZD $M
FY21FY20VAR%
Revenue 16.4 – 16.4 NA
Costs(15.8) – (15.8) NA
EBIT* 0.5 – 0.5 NA
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Equity investments
•These part-owned businesses are/were not controlled by thland
are/were equity accounted. The results are/were not reported in
the Earnings Before Interest & Tax (EBIT).
•The FY21 result for Action Manufacturingreflects the performance
prior to the acquisition of the remaining 50% interest on 1 March
2021. Equally,the FY21 result for Outdoria/triptechreflectsthe
performance in the first month of FY21, before thlbecame the
majority shareholder.
34
NZD $M
FY21
FY20
VAR
%
Action Manufacturing
0.02
1.43
(1.41)
(99%)
Just go
0.76
(0.38)
1.13
(302%)
Outdoria
(0.04)
-
(0.04)
NA
Togo Group
-
(10.58)
10.58
(100%)
Total
0.74
(9.53)
10.26
(108%)
Equity Investments
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Group support services and other
35
NZD $M
FY21FY20VAR%
Revenue(7.2) – (7.2) NA
Costs 0.3 (2.7) 3.0 (112%)
EBIT**(6.9) (2.7) (4.2) 157%
Group Support Services and Others*
* Includes thl digital and intercompany eliminations relating to vehicles sold by Action Manufacturing to
the thlRentals businesses.
** EBIT before non-recurring items.
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Supplementary
information
36
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Net profit after tax
37
NZD $M
FY21
FY20
VAR
%
Operating revenue
359.2
400.9
(41.8)
(10%)
Earnings before interest and
tax*
(8.3)
48.6
(56.9)
(117%)
Operating (loss)/profit before
tax
(18.4)
26.1
(44.5)
(170%)
(Loss)/Profit after tax*
(14.5)
27.4
(41.9)
(153%)
* includes non-recurring items
NZD $M
FY21
FY20
VAR
%
Ordinary NPAT
(14.3)
20.0
(34.3)
(171%)
Deferred tax benefit USA
–
1.1
(1.1)
(100%)
Togo transaction
–
9.3
(9.3)
(100%)
Kiwi Experience goodwill
impairment
–
(3.1)
3.1
(100%)
Fair value loss on AMLP
acquisition
(1.4)
–
(1.4)
NA
One-off gain on termination of lease
1.2
–
1.2
NA
(Loss)/Profit after tax
(14.5)
27.4
(41.9)
(153%)
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Income statement summary
38
* Based on number of shares on issue at year-end.
$MFY21FY20VARVAR %FY21FY20VARVAR %FY21FY20VARVAR %
Revenue from trading 130.0 257.4 (127.4) (49%) 61.2 109.0 (47.8) (44%) 68.8 148.4 (79.6) (54%)
Revenue from sale of fleet 229.1 143.5 85.6 60% 92.1 84.4 7.7 9% 137.0 59.1 77.9 132%
Total revenue 359.2 400.9 (41.8) (10%) 153.3 193.5 (40.1) (21%) 205.8 207.5 (1.6) (1%)
Costs 318.7 289.2 29.6 10% 140.3 143.8 (3.5) (99%) 178.4 145.4 33.1 23%
EBITDA 40.4 111.7 (71.3) (64%) 13.1 49.7 (36.6) (96%) 27.3 62.1 (34.7) (56%)
Depreciation & Amortisation 48.7 63.1 (14.4) (23%) 23.2 32.0 (8.9) (91%) 25.5 31.1 (5.6) (18%)
EBIT(8.3) 48.6 (56.9) (117%)(10.1) 17.6 (27.7) (77%) 1.8 31.0 (29.2) (94%)
Interest(10.8) (12.9) 2.1 (16%)(5.1) (6.3) 1.2 (195%)(5.7) (6.6) 0.9 (13%)
Share of Joint Ventures – (9.2) 9.2 (100%)(0.2) (3.3) 3.1 (314%) 0.2 (5.9) 6.1 (103%)
Share of Associates 0.7 (0.4) 1.1 (296%)(0.0) (0.6) 0.6 (1,456%) 0.8 0.2 0.5 250%
Profit before taxation(18.4) 26.1 (44.5) (170%)(15.4) 7.4 (22.9) 21% (2.9) 18.7 (21.7) (116%)
Taxation 3.9 1.2 2.6 218% 2.7 6.9 (4.2) (61%) 1.2 (5.7) 6.8 (120%)
(Loss)/profit for the period(14.5) 27.4 (41.9) (153%)(12.7) 14.3 (27.0) (189%)(1.8) 13.1 (14.8) (114%)
(Loss)/profit is attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company(13.7) 27.4 (41.0) (150%)(12.2) 14.3 (26.5) (186%)(1.4) 13.1 (14.5) (111%)
Non-controlling interest(0.8) – – NA (0.5) – – NA (0.3) – – NA
Basic EPS (in cents)*(9.2) 18.6
Diluted EPS*(9.1) 18.6
6 Months to DecemberFull Year6 Months to June
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Revenue
39
$MFY21FY20VARVAR %FY21FY20VARVAR %FY21FY20VARVAR %
thl Rentals - Rental Revenue
New Zealand31.191.6(60.5)(66%)16.451.1(34.7)
(68%)
14.640.5(25.9)(64%)
Australia34.557.6(23.1)(40%)20.519.90.6
3%
14.037.7(23.7)(63%)
USA56.177.5(21.5)(28%)19.825.1(5.3)
(21%)
36.252.4(16.2)(31%)
121.6226.7(105.1)(46%)56.896.1(39.3)
(41%)
64.9130.6(65.8)(50%)
thl Rentals - Sale of Goods
New Zealand100.945.955.0 120% 45.420.125.2 125% 55.625.829.8 115%
Australia31.016.814.2 85% 15.19.25.9 64% 15.97.68.3 109%
USA91.080.810.2 13% 25.455.1(29.7)(54%)65.625.739.9 155%
222.9143.579.4 55% 85.984.41.5 2% 137.059.177.9 132%
Manufacturing16.40.016.4 NA16.40.016.4 NA0.00.00.0 NA
Tourism Group 5.430.7(25.3)(82%)2.812.9(10.1)(78%)2.617.8(15.2)(85%)
thl digital
3.00.02.9 NA1.60.01.6 NA1.30.01.3 NA
Other (incl group elimination) (10.2)0.0(10.2)NA(10.2)0.0(10.2)NA0.00.00.0 NA
Total Revenue359.2400.9(41.8)(10%)153.3193.5(40.2)(21%)205.8207.5(1.6)(1%)
Split
Australia65.574.4 (8.9)(12%)35.729.16.6 23% 29.945.3(15.4)(34%)
USA147.0158.3 (11.2)(7%)45.380.2(35.0)(44%)101.878.123.7 30%
NZ and other146.6168.2 (21.7)(13%)72.484.2(11.7)(14%)74.284.1(9.9)(12%)
359.2400.9 (41.8)(10%)153.3193.5(40.1)(21%)205.8207.5(1.6)(1%)
Revenue Split
Sale of Services130.0257.4 (127.4)(49%)61.2109.0(47.8)(44%)68.8148.4(79.6)(54%)
Sale of Goods229.1143.5 85.6 60% 92.184.47.7 9% 137.059.177.9 132%
359.2400.9 (41.8)(10%)153.3193.5 (40.1)(21%)205.8207.5(1.6)(1%)
Australia (AUD)
Rental Revenue32.254.7 (22.5)(41%)19.119.1(0.0)(0%)13.135.6(22.5)(63%)
Sale of Goods28.915.9 13.0 82% 14.18.75.4 61% 14.87.27.7 107%
61.170.6 (9.5)(13%)33.227.9 5.4 19% 27.942.7(14.9)(35%)
USA (USD)
Rental Revenue38.449.5 (11.1)(22%)14.215.7(1.5)(9%)24.233.9(9.7)(29%)
Sale of Goods62.151.2 10.9 21% 18.335.1(16.8)(48%)43.816.127.7 172%
100.5100.7 (0.2)(0%)32.550.7 (18.2)(36%)68.050.018.0 36%
Full Year6 Months to June6 months to December
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Divisional summary
40
* Operating cash flow includes the sale and purchase of rental assets.
$M
REVENUEDIVISIONAL
EBITDA
DIVISIONAL
EBIT
AVE FUNDS
EMPLOYED
OPERATING
CASHFLOW*
REVENUEDIVISIONAL
EBITDA
DIVISIONAL
EBIT
AVE FUNDS
EMPLOYED
OPERATING
CASHFLOW*
Rentals New Zealand (before non-
recurring)
132.0 2.1 (16.3) 124.9 51.6 137.5 52.6 30.2 163.4 10.4
Rentals Australia 65.5 14.8 0.2 62.9 15.3 74.4 25.8 8.6 80.3 9.6
Rentals USA 147.0 26.2 14.6 104.1 36.8 158.3 31.2 10.9 170.3 52.7
Manufacturing 16.4 1.2 0.5 5.7 0.1 – – – – –
Tourism Group 5.4 1.6 (0.6) 18.2 0.7 30.7 6.2 3.9 16.2 6.1
Group Support Services/Other
(before non-recurring)
(7.2) (5.7) (6.9) 39.2 (17.5) 0.0 (1.7) (2.7) 17.8 (9.8)
Non-recurring Items – 0.2 0.2 – – – (2.4) (2.4) – –
thl 100% owned entities 359.2 40.4 (8.3) 355.1 87.0 400.9 111.7 48.6 448.0 69.1
Joint venture – – – 7.0 – – – (9.2) 45.3 –
Associates – – 0.7 4.2 – – – (0.4) 4.5 –
Group Total 359.2 40.4 (7.5) 366.2 87.0 400.9 111.7 39.1 497.7 69.1
Year ending 30 June 2021Year ending 30 June 2020
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
EBITDA
41
$M
FY21
FY20
VAR
VAR %
FY21
FY20
VAR
VAR %
FY21
FY20
VAR
VAR %
EBIT
(8.3)
48.6
(56.9)
(117%)
(10.1)
17.6
(27.7)
(157%)
1.8
31.0
(29.2)
(94%)
Add back non-cash items:
Depreciation
47.5
62.0
(14.4)
(23%)
22.5
31.4
(8.9)
(28%)
25.1
30.6
(5.5)
(18%)
Amortisation
1.2
1.2
0.0
1%
0.7
0.6
0.1
13%
0.4
0.5
(0.1)
(15%)
EBITDA
40.4
111.7
(71.3)
(64%)
13.1
49.7
(36.5)
(74%)
27.3
62.1
(34.8)
(56%)
EBITDA before non-recurring items
$M
FY21
FY20
VAR
VAR %
FY21
FY20
VAR
VAR %
FY21
FY20
VAR
VAR %
EBIT before non-recurring Items
(8.5)
51.0
(59.5)
(117%)
(8.7)
20.0
(28.7)
(143%)
0.2
31.0
(30.8)
(99%)
Add back non-cash items:
Depreciation
47.5
62.0
(14.4)
(23%)
22.5
31.4
(8.9)
(28%)
25.1
30.6
(5.5)
(18%)
Amortisation
1.2
1.2
0.0
1%
0.7
0.6
0.1
13%
0.4
0.5
(0.1)
(15%)
EBITDA before non-recurring items
40.2
114.2
(73.9)
(65%)
14.5
52.1
(37.6)
(72%)
25.7
62.1
(36.4)
(59%)
Full Ye ar
6 M onths to June
6 M onths to De ce mbe r
Full Ye ar
6 M onths to June
6 M onths to De ce mbe r
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
42
Rentals & Sales EBITDA
* Excludes Tourism businesses and Action Manufacturing.
43
25
33
51
26
29
53
26
31
4
15
26
-
10
20
30
40
50
60
NZAustraliaUnited States
FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21
*
EBITDA (NZD)
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Balance sheet
43
* Calculated based on thlshares on issue at year-end.
As atAs at
$MJUN 21JUN 20VARDEC 20DEC 19VAR
Equity312.6 325.1 (12.5)311.6 314.9 (3.4)
Non-current liabilities101.8 184.4 (82.6)69.1 209.5 (140.5)
Current liabilities50.5 62.2 (11.7)67.2 65.2 2.0
Lease Liabilities (NZ IFRS 16)73.3 81.9 (8.6)69.6 80.5 (10.9)
Total source of funds538.1 653.6 (115.5)517.4 670.1 (152.7)
Intangible assets and goodwill51.1 50.3 0.9 45.9 43.6 2.3
Retained interest in Togo Group20.8 21.4 (0.6)19.6 0.0 19.6
Investments in associates and joint ventures4.9 14.4 (9.4)15.2 58.1 (42.9)
Property, plant and equipment273.1 359.7 (86.6)267.0 403.6 (136.6)
Right-of-use assets (NZ IFRS 16)62.3 69.6 (7.2)59.2 68.8 (9.7)
Deferred tax assets1.0 1.7 (0.7)0.0 0.0 0.0
Current assets124.8 136.6 (11.7)110.6 96.0 14.6
Total use of funds538.1 653.6 (115.5)517.4 670.1 (152.7)
Net debt position (exclude IFRS 16 lease liabilities)48.7 127.7 (79.0)22.0 181.0 (159.0)
Net tangible assets (NTA)261.5 274.8 (13.4)265.6 271.3 (5.7)
NTA per share*$1.73$1.86$1.79$1.83
Book value of net assets per share*$2.06$2.20$2.10$2.13
Debt / debt + equity ratio (net of Intangibles)16%32%8%40%
Equity ratio (net of Intangibles)54%46%56%43%
AUD exchange rate at period end0.93100.9340 0.93840.9617
USD exchange rate at period end0.69980.6426 0.72270.6735
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Funds employed
44
Note: thlaverage funds calculated over a 12 month period.
Average FundsYear end Funds
$MFY21FY20VARJUN 21JUN 20VAR
Rentals
New Zealand124.9163.4(24%)100.1152.4(34%)
Australia62.980.3(22%)55.668.7(19%)
USA104.1170.3(39%)122.6143.8(15%)
Total Rentals292.0414.0(29%)278.3364.9(24%)
Tourism Group18.216.212% 17.316.93%
Action Manufacturing5.70.0NA19.70.0NA
Joint Venture (excl. Togo Group)7.010.8(36%)0.010.9(100%)
Associates4.24.5(8%)4.64.013%
Togo Group 0.034.5(100%)0.00.00%
Group Support Services39.2 17.8 120% 41.5 56.2 (26%)
Total Net Funds Employed366.2497.7(26%)361.3452.9(20%)
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
Gain on vehicle sales and gross profit
45
FY21 figures in this table do not include vehicles written-off, whereas write-offs are included in FY20 figures. There were 15 vehicles written-off in FY20.
Full Year6 Months to June6 Months to December
$MFY21FY20VARVAR %FY21FY20VARVAR %FY21FY20VARVAR %
Proceeds from sales of motorhome fleet197.4124.273.259% 75.173.22.03% 122.251.071.2140%
Net book value of vehicles sold161.4108.552.849% 57.264.2(7.0)(11%)104.244.359.9135%
Gain on sales of motorhome fleet before selling costs36.015.620.4130% 17.98.99.0101% 18.16.711.4170%
Vehicle sales costs (warranty only)1.71.10.760% 0.80.70.111% 1.00.40.6144%
Gain on sales of motorhome fleet after selling costs34.314.619.7135% 17.28.38.9108% 17.16.310.8171%
Gross profit on non-fleet vehicles, retail and accessory sales8.93.45.4158% 5.81.93.9201% 3.01.51.5101%
Reported gross profit43.118.025.1140% 23.010.212.8126% 20.17.812.3158%
Total average gain on sale ($000) after selling costs12.48.93.539% 17.39.57.882% 9.68.21.417%
Fleet motorhomes sold (excl buybacks)
AU482 266216 81%210 122 88 72%272 144 128 89%
NZ1,110 470640 136%480 201 279 139%630 269 361 134%
US1,173 900273 30%304 549 (245)(45%)869 351 518 148%
Total fleet motorhomes sold (units), excl. buybacks2,765 1,636 1,129 69%994 872 122 14%1,771 764 1,007 132%
Flex fleet sales on buy-backs excluded from aboveFY21FY20
AU
1
325
2 0 2 1 A N N U A L R E S U L T S
P R E S E N T A T I O N
End
---
moving
forward
together
INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2021
thl
The Board acknowledges its responsibility
to ensure the integrity of the Integrated
Report. The Board recognises that integrated
thinking has become more critical than ever
as we do not only need to survive, but we
have to have the right systems in place to
thrive again, including the inf rastructure,
human capital and stakeholder networks.
The Board has applied its mind to the
Integrated Report and believes that it
addresses the most material issues, presents
fairly the integrated performance of the
organisation and its impacts in accordance
with the principles set out in the International
Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC)
Framework. The Integrated Report has been
prepared according to the IIRC guidelines.
The Integrated Report was approved by the
Board on 25 August 2021 and is signed on
its behalf by:
Rob Campbell
Chair
Rob Hamilton
Chair of the Audit Committee
year
in
review
Reduction in operational carbon
emissions against (updated)
baseline year FY19
41%
Increase in domestic
bookings globally
126%
As at 30 June 2021
$359M
$
49M
$
229M
-$8.3M
$
40.4M
-$
14.5M
4,242
-$14.3M
(2020: $401M)
(2020: $128M)
(2020: $143M)
(2020: $48.6M)
(2020: $111.7M)
(2020: $27.4M)
(2020: 5,815)
(2020: $20.0M)
TOTAL REVENUE
NET DEBT* AT YEAR END
SALE OF GOODS
EBIT
EBITDA
NET PROFIT AFTER TAX (NPAT)
TOTAL FLEET AT YEAR END
ORDINARY NPAT*
-10%+60%-153
%
-62%-117%
-64%-27%
-171%
The COVID-19 pandemic had a
significant impact on thl’s financial
performance this year, yet thl has
remained determined, defended the
business and succeeded in creating
new opportunities. We have improved
our domestic demand generation,
expanded our vehicle sales capability
and expanded new revenue streams.
These are benefits and new skills that
will continue to support our business
in the future, even once international
tourism returns.
There are likely different challenges
ahead and we are ready for them.
We are preserving what works well,
doing things better and looking
around the corner. Our Future-Fit
business is on the right path leading
us to the right destination.
In the US, the summer of 2020
saw a rush of interest in RVs as a
safe form of travel. With strong
support through outstanding
public relations and social media
campaigns, domestic demand
surged and underpinned a strong
result for the US business.
The launch of our new Telematics
product and new fleet management,
booking and pricing system was the
culmination of much hard work and
bespoke development over many years.
It is exciting to have these products
live and even more exciting to see
what is planned in the next phase
of development.
Safety is never negotiable within our
business, but the risk of COVID-19 brought
a new set of trials for our operating crew.
In particular, our US team had to face the
challenges of living and working with
COVID-19 on a daily basis and we are proud
of the way our team took care of one another
and our customers and ensured that we had
a COVID-19 free, safe workplace.
SAFETY OF
STAFF AND
CUSTOMERS
LAUNCH
OF DIGITAL
PRODUCTS
US ‘SUMMER
OF THE RV’
Number of new employees
joining Action Manufacturing
in CY21
58
Growth in New Zealand retail
and workshop revenue
52%
*Excludes the following non-recurring items:
• An accounting gain of $1.2M (inclusive of tax) from the termination of the lease for the Mangere branch; and
• A fair value adjustment loss of $1.4M in relation to the original 50% shareholding in Action Manufacturing
* Net debt refers to Interest bearing loans and borrowings less cash and cash equivalents
thl Integrated Annual Report 20210203
contents
kia ora
koutou
katoa
Dear Shareholders
On behalf of the Board, we present the 2021
Integrated Report and accounts for the year
ended 30 June 2021 (FY21).
This year we have combined the Chair and
CEO report. We strive to make everything we
do simple, clear and effective. This part of the
report is no different.
As thl has produced a loss for the year, is not
currently paying dividends and given that the
opening of international borders for leisure
travel remains uncertain, it is appropriate to
thank our shareholders for their continued
investment in thl. Shareholders today no
doubt see the future thl in a similar manner to
the Board and Executive team; a future where
thl succeeds for all stakeholders in a Future-
Fit manner. Our way of operating, our balance
sheet, our market position, people capability
and industry outlook don’t guarantee it, but
they do create the right conditions.
Please read this report and associated
materials to inform yourself and question the
business. We look forward to engaging with
you at the Annual Meeting in October.
moving
forward
together
moving
forward
responsibly
moving
people
forward
moving
fleet
forward
moving
experiences
forward
moving
business
forward
Chair and CEO letter 07
about this report 12
year in review 02
How thl creates value 46
How thl protects value (Enterprise
Risk Management Framework)
Divisional reports 50
— New Zealand
— Australia
— United States of America
— Action Manufacturing
— New Zealand tourism
— thl digital
— Equity investments
thl at a glance 58
FY21 carbon footprint analysis 60
Future-Fit and the UN
Sustainable Development Goals 62
Directors' statement 65
Independent auditor's report 122
Corporate governance 129
Board of Directors 146
Corporate information 147
06
14
22
28
34
40
financial
statements
64
Rob Campbell
Chair
The Future-Fit Business
Benchmark used by thl was
developed and is managed
by the Future-Fit Foundation,
a UK-registered charity. A
Future-Fit Society is one
which is environmentally
restorative, socially just and
economically inclusive. This
can only be realised through
a rapid and radical shift in the
way our economy works.
48
thl Integrated Annual Report 202104
05
moving
forward
together
We have been living with
the impacts of the global
COVID-19 pandemic
for over 18 months
now, with the tourism
industry suffering
economically more than
most industries. thl has
survived, is resetting and
is taking forward the
lessons from the impacts
of the pandemic.
The title of this report, moving forward
together is not because we are past the
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, but
because we have reached the point
where we need to reposition again and
provide clarity on what’s next for thl.
We have been dealing with the last 18
months in a very responsive manner,
but have also undertaken a deep review
of our business. With the degree of
change in the organisation and the
significant cost reductions, we needed
to reassess. We questioned - had we
missed anything? Had the focus on
survival been at the expense of what we
need for the future? Had we been
appropriately balancing the now and
the future? Our conclusion is that there
are some activities we need to bring
back, some we need to do differently,
and some new things we need to do.
This has been deeply challenging.
Given that the majority of our
businesses have historically been
reliant on international tourism, we
asked ourselves – is there an existential
threat to thl as it stands today? We
have asked this question from
numerous perspectives. The
perspectives of an activist shareholder,
a climate risk advocate, a tourism
believer and a for-profit entity.
We are confident that the answer is
that we do have a future. The way we
have responded to the challenges of
COVID-19 should mean that we
continue to have your confidence to
use your funds to do the right things
as a business.
We adapt
thl started some 37 years ago as The
Helicopter Line. The company has
adapted over that time, and in recent
years has been RV centric, but not RV
exclusive. Adaptability is a constant
across thl’s history. It consistently
appears in any survey or conversation
on what keeps us progressing as a
company. These are traits at the core of
thl and are demonstrated in one of the
fundamental values of the organisation,
‘Be Curious’.
These last 12 months have been no
different, and thl has continued to
demonstrate its adaptability. We have
sold over 2,900 RVs through an
effective and profitable RV sales
business. We buy and build well from
both a quality and value perspective.
We have developed a reasonable
domestic rentals business within each
of our regions. We have developed
bespoke fleet management software.
We are operating a specialist vehicle
design and manufacturing business,
and we are manufacturing refrigerated
truck bodies. We have developed, and
are continuing to develop, numerous
new revenue streams. We also have
one of the strongest balance sheets
that thl has had in recent times,
despite the current headwinds and
without raising equity during the
pandemic.
Chair and CEO letter
Rob Campbell and Grant Webster
" We sincerely thank all of our crew for
their efforts across the year. It has been
inspirational to see the resilience defined
by the actions of the crew. Within this
report we have provided some insight into
some of their amazing stories."
thl Integrated Annual Report 20210607
Our people make us who we are
At its core, what makes thl are the
people. Our crew have had an
immensely challenging year. Our
frontline crew globally have stepped
up, and in the US and UK in particular,
have been working in a wider
environment with the risk of
contracting or spreading COVID-19.
Based on all the tracking and tracing
we have undertaken, we believe thl
has been able to steer through this
period without being the source of any
COVID-19 spread amongst our crew.
There have been very strict operating
procedures in place; procedures that
have made a hard job significantly
harder for our frontline crew. Despite
this, they have adapted and delivered.
Our New Zealand frontline crew faced
record rental volumes during our
Get Moving campaign, while at the
same time dealing with the fire at
our Auckland branch, and two
relocations to a temporary, and then
a more permanent site. Our office-
based crew in the US have worked the
year from their homes and in Australia,
the crew has dealt with many
more lockdowns than have been
experienced in New Zealand.
The state of the RV industry
It hasn’t all been negative. The
pandemic accelerated the growth of
the RV category globally, and the
wider industry has dubbed 2021 the
‘Year of the RV’. The demand has been
driven through RV travel being seen as
a self-contained, socially-distanced
method of travel, combined with the
strong desire to explore the outdoors
after being in lockdown for months
on end.
This created the conditions for thl to
have a record vehicle sales year in all
countries, far in excess of previous
records. The sudden increase in
demand and automotive supplier
issues, have driven high sales margins
globally. The average sales margin
across our entire business in FY21 grew
by 39% on the prior corresponding
period (pcp). While some of this
demand growth for RVs will be
situational and one-off in nature, a
deep piece of research from the US
supports the industry view that with
the greater proportion of younger
buyers and families, we are seeing a
structural improvement in the
category
1
. At a minimum, there is likely
to be a higher base of RV participation
than pre-pandemic, even once the
‘pandemic boom’ recedes.
In addition to the category growth
from the ‘Year of the RV’, we have seen
some rental competitors exit or
hibernate certain markets. There has
equally been a focus across the
industry in reducing fleet capacity as a
responsive measure to the loss of
international tourism.
There are significant price increases
within nearly all aspects of the
manufacturing supply chain. As with
most of the automotive industry, there
is a series of issues that have caused
capacity constraints for chassis
production throughout 2021. These
price increases look to be baked in for
the 2021 and 2022 calendar years of
production. The retail sale prices that
we have achieved in all markets in the
last 12 months, partly due to supply
shortages, will likely remain in the
coming year. As a result of these
supplier cost pressures, margins are
likely to revert to their historical norms
at some point in the 2022 or 2023
financial year.
As a customer in the industry, we
don’t have the information that we
would like from suppliers to accurately
forecast chassis and motorhome
on-fleet dates (or quantums) for the
next 12 months. Any impacts to-date
have been immaterial to revenue, and
we have been able to mitigate through
both the relationships we have and
alternative supply lines. The largest
impact to us today is that we have
constrained sales in the US and
Australia over recent months (to keep
vehicles on the rental fleet and sell
them after the respective peak
seasons), due to the lack of certainty
on the timing of new fleet arrivals. The
risk to the business increases over time
if the issue escalates, however while
difficult, there remains no material
disruption to customers today.
Our journey to Future-Fit
As we have reset, our intention to
become Future-Fit and our
commitment to recovering with the
right fundamentals at the core of our
operations, remains as strong as it has
ever been. There were several
initiatives that we needed to put on
hold over FY21 due to resource
constraints, not our desire or belief in
the actions themselves. The Future-Fit
concept within thl has taken on its
own meaning beyond a simple
measurement framework.
The systemic, future-focussed
measurement system works better
than anything else we have
encountered globally, but the cultural
impact and mind set change is equally
powerful. It is the way in which we
approach things in our business;
applying a ‘Future-Fit’ lens.
Our purpose, to create unforgettable
journeys, gives us our “why”, Future-Fit
is the pathway so we know the “what”
and it informs our culture and values,
so we know the “how”.
We are confident that this Future-Fit
way of resetting our business will
ensure that we are established in a
sustainable manner that will enable
long-term prosperity for thl and all
of our stakeholders.
Our role in the wider community
thl, like all businesses operating in a
capital market, seeks to make a profit
and, putting aside the current global
pandemic, we generally do. In the
same manner we believe all
businesses should, we have to be
honest with ourselves and consider
where this profitability has come from.
In some ways, it has come from the
externalisation of costs to the broader
environment or community through
our footprint. It is a key part of our
Future-Fit journey that we challenge
ourselves on how we reduce this
going forward and what we can do in
order to undo that harm.
We look at the business as a whole,
considering other impacts on our
communities. One significant example
in the last 12 months was our New
Zealand-based Get Moving campaign.
It saw the lowest prices we have ever
offered in our New Zealand rentals
business, kept cash coming in,
generated enough activity and
revenue to save jobs within our crew,
and helped to get New Zealanders on
the road and generate much needed
activity in our regional economies.
Compared to fly-in, fly-out travellers,
RV travellers are excellent contributors
to the regions as they generally spend
more time in towns and cities that are
further away from the major airports.
The year has seen us engage more
closely with some of the communities
in which we operate. As a key
employer in the Waitomo region
through Discover Waitomo, we have
worked closely with the community
to develop a programme of cultural
events, educational tours and other
activities that draw visitors to the
region throughout the year. Our
Discover Waitomo crew have also
been involved in conservation work in
the region, in partnership with the
Department of Conservation. These
activities have been made possible
with support from the Government
through programmes such as the
Strategic Tourism Asset Protection
Programme (STAPP) and Kaimahi for
Nature. We touch further on these
initiatives later in this Integrated Report.
These are just some examples of our
early steps. Going forward, we know
that we need to do more.
Investing in our future while
managing the present
Moving forward together does not
mean that we are beyond the
challenges that our business has
experienced. There is a fine balance
between the positivity of the long-
term outlook and our focus on the
future, and closely managing and
responding to the difficulties of the
present. We constantly assess this
balance in order to ensure that we are
reinvesting and generating
opportunities for the future without
creating undue risk.
The reality is that while the pandemic
continues and international borders
remain closed, we will, like other
tourism businesses, have to reset our
expectations on the timing of a
‘recovery’. A recovery, unfortunately,
implies returning to exactly where you
were. The countries we operate in, our
customers, our distribution channels
and our competitors are all so different
now, that we don’t use the word
‘recover’. We do believe that
international tourism will eventually
return, but the time it will take and the
form in which it will return, are the
greatest unknowns. We are investing
1
2021 Go RVing RV Owner Demographic Profile Report
in fleet purchases now and for the
coming periods. Our decisions are
based on a deep assessment of
assumptions, and importantly, a
clear alternative mitigation plan if
markets continue to remain closed
to international borders for an
extended period.
Throughout the year we have had
numerous internal projects to refocus
and strengthen our core competency
of running an efficient RV rentals
business. We certainly have not stood
still. To name a few, we have
developed and launched our state-of-
the-art Cosmos booking and fleet
management system in our
New Zealand and Australian
businesses, and are underway with
the adaptation and integration for the
US business. We have reviewed and
changed the way in which we will be
engaging with our global trade
partners, and we have reviewed every
detail of our customer experience
from the first moment they engage
with us, to see how we can take the
lessons of the last year and improve.
We have also made tactical
developments to our business and
generated new revenue streams. One
example of this is our RV retail
accessories offering through RVSC
and online in New Zealand. That
business segment has seen 58%
revenue growth on the previous
financial year, albeit off a small base
relative to the size of our wider
business. This gain has been
deliberate. Whilst incremental and not
transformational at present, we will
continue to grow this business as our
international tourism business returns.
In addition, going forward in each
country we expect that domestic
rentals will be a larger part of the
business than it was prior to the
pandemic, and that is attributable to
the work we have put in over the last
12 months through initiatives like the
Get Moving campaign, for the benefit
of the RV travel category more
generally.
We will grow with a different way of
operating our distribution channels, a
larger domestic market which we
understand more effectively, a larger
and more competent vehicle sales
business, and a much larger portion of
other revenue streams in retail and
servicing which were previously little
more than a small add-on opportunity.
09
0908thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
Rob Campbell
Chair
Grant Webster
CEO
Beyond rentals, we are
manufacturers
We have taken the opportunity this
year to increase our ownership of
Action Manufacturing to 100%. This
has meant that our long-term joint
venture partner Grant Brady, has
exited as a shareholder of that
business, albeit essentially transferring
his shareholding into shares in thl. We
are very pleased to have Grant Brady
as a top 10 shareholder in the business
and as a consultant supporting a
number of initiatives across thl. Grant
has been an excellent joint venture
partner over the last decade and we
thank him for all of his contributions.
Chris Devoy, our new CEO of Action
Manufacturing, has been with the
business since its formation and is
highly capable of leading this business
through its recovery and the next
stage of growth.
We have genuine excitement about
the future of Action Manufacturing
and have big growth ambitions
beyond the RV manufacturing
segment in Aotearoa New Zealand
and Australia. Our specialist vehicle
design team based in Hamilton are
true experts in their field, and this
business already has a full forward
order book of work for the coming
financial year. It continues to win new
work, both in the public and private
sectors, and has been ramping up crew
numbers with over 50 new employees
coming on in recent months.
As a manufacturer, we are certainly
not ignoring the movement towards
new, sustainable vehicle technologies.
We have been on this journey for
some years, first investing in our pilot
eRV programme in 2018. RVs
specifically pose a difficult challenge
when it comes to electrification. By
nature, they are heavy vehicles that
travel long mileages. RV travellers are
particularly sensitive when it comes to
range. The idea that you’ll have to stop
regularly to recharge goes against the
fundamental attraction to RV travel,
being the freedom to go where you
want, when you want, but battery and
charging technologies are meeting
this challenge.
We continue to be proactive about our
future fleet needs, particularly given
supply side challenges for electric
chassis. We have refuelled our projects
focussed on what our future fleet
should look like.
This includes the latest views on what
the most suited technologies are, be it
electrification, hydrogen or the use of
biofuels, and how we might be able to
repurpose our vehicles.
Our business model relies on us
creating more customer journeys
through private owners buying our
vehicles after their rental life with us.
The sales value is a key part of our
business model. As such, we are
conscious of the potential risk of
obsolescence of diesel vehicles as
these technologies move toward their
inflection point. Our view at this point
in time is that the transition will be
orderly in this segment, but we will
continue to challenge that assumption.
If we believed that there was an
obsolescence risk for us in the fleet
we buy, then we would adapt our
purchasing and sales cycle, timeframe
for adoption of new technology and
our rental fleet age, to address the
issue. We are looking well ahead to
protect the future business, consistent
with the transition to low-emission
economies.
Financial performance
thl had a net loss after tax of $14.5M in
the 2021 financial year. There is no
denying that. In business, you can
never have a loss and be pleased with
it (maybe start-ups aside). However,
we do believe that we have managed
this loss well within the context and
without impacting thl’s long-term
prospects. On the contrary, we have
preserved the optionality to remain an
industry leader in each market. While
the loss is much smaller than our
original expectations some 12 months
ago, all aspects of the business only
earn their right to exist if they have a
clear, believable plan to not just be
profitable, but to deliver the
appropriate return on capital.
Recognising the extent of our losses
in the last year, it is a reasonable
question to ask, why should anyone
invest in thl today?
The answer is clear: we consider
ourselves the global experts in the
effective and profitable management
of an RV rentals, manufacturing and
sales business.
We have retained the significant
intellectual property that we have in
that regard throughout the pandemic,
and in fact, have further developed
and added to it.
We have diversified our business to
incorporate a greater domestic focus
in each market, therefore
strengthening the resilience of our
business model. We continue to have
a balance sheet that is well-managed,
and we continue to have the support
and confidence of our lenders through
our banking facilities.
We have assessed ourselves within
that context starting with the
fundamentals. We have looked at our
net tangible asset value, incorporating
the market value of our fleet that is not
reflected in its book value (given that
we make a profit on sale). We have
also looked at the value of each of our
businesses individually to assess the
sum of our parts. We have compared
those to where our share price sits
today. All questions that shareholders
would ask themselves. The value of thl
is underpinned by mobile, physical,
desirable assets with values above
what we account for them. This, and
our market position, we believe gives
us the ability to pursue the viable
option of growing this business, to
achieve our desired returns on capital
and to enhance shareholder wealth.
We consider that ultimately, the RV
category is on a growth trajectory
on a global basis; we have a proven
record of sound management and
adaptability, and we are a business
on a sustainable Future-Fit journey.
Looking at all of that, our view is that
on a long-term basis there is
considerable upside in thl
performance.
FY22 outlook
We consider multiple scenarios for the
business and constantly update these
to the changing market conditions.
The level of uncertainty in market
conditions precludes a forecast of
overall financial performance for FY22
at this time.
Our current expectations for the first
half of FY22 include the following:
– The first quarter rentals performance
and forward order book are lower
than we expected some months ago.
This is attributable to (a) lower rental
activity in the US high season relative
to last year, (b) the spread of the
Delta variant globally creating
lockdowns, and (c) the suspension
of Trans-Tasman travel.
– Vehicle sales and margins
have exceeded expectations
for the quarter.
– The current spread of the Delta variant
in Australia indicates that there will be
ongoing travel restrictions in many
states, and in particular in respect of the
largest population base in New South
Wales. This will heavily impact the
Australian result for the first half.
– It is likely that Trans-Tasman travel will
remain closed for some months and
therefore provide little or no benefit for
the New Zealand Rentals and Tourism
businesses in the first half.
– The second quarter result for the US
business remains unclear and could
vary significantly depending on when
inbound travel from the UK and Europe
into the US opens.
Financial performance in the second
half of FY22 remains unclear. There is
potential upside on the result for the
pcp if (a) domestic travel in Australia fully
opens (the trends for April to June 2021
were positive), (b) international travel
into the US opens, and (c) Trans-Tasman
travel returns to the benefit of the
New Zealand Rentals and Tourism
businesses.
The recent Alert Level 4 lockdown in
New Zealand is not expected to make
any material difference to the FY22
result for New Zealand as at the time
of writing, however it is not clear how
long this will last.
The balance of these factors indicates
that a net loss is the most likely outcome
for FY22. The quantum of the loss is
difficult to ascertain at this point.
Given these current uncertain market
conditions, we caution that most analyst
forecasts for thl at the date of this report
are too optimistic for FY22.
Closing
Once again we would like to thank all of
the thl crew for their efforts over the last
12 months. These have been challenging
times within thl, however despite the
uncertainty that continues to exist, we
are ready to move forward together.
1110thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
about
this
report
Traditionally, annual
reports focussed on the
financial performance
of a business. At thl we
take a more holistic
approach that we feel
is more relevant for our
stakeholders in today’s
complex and dynamic
business environment.
As this is an Annual Integrated Report
aligned with the <IR> Framework,
throughout this report you will see
references to the ‘six capitals’: natural,
manufactured, intellectual, human,
social, relationship and financial. The
‘six capitals’ are stocks of value that thl
draws on and transforms into outputs.
In brief, they show that at thl we think
holistically about creating and
maintaining long-term value that is
also environmentally restorative,
socially just and economically
inclusive. To see the six capitals in the
context of our business, see our Value
Creation model.
moving forward responsibly
14
22
28
34
40
moving people forward
moving fleet forward
moving experiences forward
moving business forward
The ‘six capitals’ are stocks of value that thl
draws on and transforms into outputs.
Natural capital
Includes resources we use such as air, water, land,
minerals and forests, solar energy, crops and
carbon sinks; biodiversity and ecosystem health;
and resources which cannot be replaced such as
fossil fuels.
Manufactured capital
Manufactured objects used in the production
of goods or the provision of services, including:
vehicles, buildings, equipment and inf rastructure.
Intellectual capital
thl’s knowledge-based intangibles, including:
intellectual property such as patents, copyrights,
software, rights and licences; and our systems,
procedures and protocols.
Human capital
Our crew’s competencies, capabilities and
experience, and their motivation to innovate
on, support, implement and improve: our
governance f ramework, risk management
approach, ethical values, corporate strategy;
processes; goods and services, including their
ability to lead, manage and collaborate.
Social and relationship capital
thl’s social licence to operate; our relationships
with institutions and groups of stakeholders
including: communities, Governments, suppliers
and customers; the ability to transparently share
information to enhance collective wellbeing; our
integrity, values and behaviours, trustworthiness,
brand value and reputation.
Financial capital
Funds obtained through financing or generated
by means of productivity.
thl Integrated Annual Report 20211213
moving
responsibly
forward
14thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
A clear destination
– environmentally
restorative, socially just,
economically inclusive
We remain committed to achieving all
23 Break-Even Goals of the Future-Fit
Business Benchmark. Business, society
and the environment depend on one
another to thrive, which means
creating system value to become
genuinely sustainable: responsible,
regenerative and resilient.
The Future-Fit Business Benchmark is
based on science. It helps us
understand not only where we are now,
but where we are heading and why, so
we can be sure we are on the right
path, with a clear destination - to
become a Future-Fit business.
our
Future-Fit
journey
Future-Fit
Break-Even
(BE) Goals
Capital inputs
to create value
FF10 Employee health is
safeguarded
FF11 Paid at least a living
wage
FF12 Subject to fair
employment terms
FF13 Not subject to
discrimination
FF14 Employee concerns are
actively solicited,
impartially judged, and
transparently addressed
15
16thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
Our focus this year has been
prioritising the 23 Break-Even Goals to
address the material challenges for
our business and industry at a system
level. We used the Future-Fit industry
‘Heat Maps’ for tour operators and
automobile retail, and the results of
our FY20 Health Check to understand
our industry risks and impacts. This
ensured we were prioritising goals
relating to the highest impact and risk
areas for the business.
We believe our commitment to
becoming a Future-Fit business will
support thl’s long-term sustainability
and resilience in the face of future
disruption. We are embedding Future-
Fit decision-making across the
business and continue to make
progress towards creating system
value, through our new global Future-
Fit work programme aligned to deliver
on our priority goals. As a responsible
tourism operator, our priorities include
actions to reduce emissions from our
fleet and operations, ensuring our
products do not cause harm to people
or the environment through our
Responsible Travel programmes and
protecting the health of communities
and ecosystems in sensitive
destinations, such as Waitomo.
Priority 1: Tackle the three biggest challenges – where we are off track,
the impact is severe and our fitness is low
BE17: Product HarmProducts do not harm people or the environment
BE18: Product GHGsProducts emit no greenhouse gases
BE04: ProcurementProcurement safeguards the pursuit of future-fitness
Priority 2: Make progress - close current gaps to prevent harm and achieve
100% fitness
BE11: Living WageEmployees are paid at least a living wage
BE16: Product ConcernsProduct concerns are actively solicited, impartially judged
and transparently addressed
BE08: Operational
Encroachment
Operations do not encroach on ecosystems or
communities
BE09: Community HealthCommunity health is safeguarded
BE14: Employee ConcernsEmployee concerns are actively solicited, impartially
judged and transparently addressed
Priority 3: Address data and knowledge gaps to be able to accurately
assess and address impacts
BE05: Operational EmissionsOperational emissions do not harm people or the
environment
BE06: Operational GHGsOperations emit no greenhouse gases
BE19: Products RepurposedProducts can be repurposed
BE = Break-Even Goals
We are confident that we have a clear
understanding of where we want to
go long-term, and that we are
focusing on the goals where can make
the most impact, using the Future-Fit
Business Benchmark as the
underlying holistic performance
measurement system.
The right path –
prioritising the 23
Break-Even Goals
The right path
– thl global work
programme and
progress
thl global work programme and progress
Our
prioritised
goals
Our goal prioritisation approach
The Health Check is a self-assessment
of a company's Future-Fit
performance against each of the
23 Break-Even Goals. At thl we
prioritised goals where we had
major gaps or were
off track.
A Future-Fit Heat Map identifies
material sustainability risks for
a specific industry. At thl we
prioritised goals with a 'high' or
'severe harm' risk rating on
either of the two industry
Heat Maps.
While we aim to make progress on
all 23 Goals, based on the Health
Check and Heat Map ratings, we
prioritised 11 Goals.
Future-Fit Goal
Health Check
Future-Fit
Heat Maps:
Automotive & Tourism
Industries
11
Priority
Future-Fit Goals
Climate & Carbon Strategy
BE06: Operational GHGs
BE18: Product GHGs
Future Fleet Programme
BE17: Product Harm
BE18: Product GHGs
BE19: Products Repurposed
Sustainable Procurement
Circular Economy Pilots
BE04: Procurement
BE19: Products Repurposed
Accelerate
Partnership for Positive Impacts
BE03: Natural Resources
BE08: Operational Encroachment
BE09: Community Health
BE15: Product Communications
BE16: Product Concerns
Ignition
Creating Future-Fit branches
BE01: Renewable Energy
BE02: Water Use
BE05: Operational Emissions
BE06: Operational GHGs
BE07: Operational Waste
Telling
our
stories
17
18thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
In November 2020 we became one of
the first Future-Fit Pioneer businesses.
Future-Fit Pioneers are leaders:
businesses which have made a public
commitment to transform what they
do, head for the right destination, light
the way for others and report progress
We have continued to embed Future-
Fit thinking and action across our
business, from developing Future-Fit
Branch Action Plans to ensuring that
all capital expenditure requests and
projects are assessed for Future-Fit
impacts. We are engaging our crew
through Future-Fit Goal Prioritisation
workshops, sharing our stories and by
launching new DriveTrain online
training modules on the properties of
a Future-Fit society.
While we did not expect to complete
the full data collection to assess all 23
Break-Even Goals in FY21, we have
continued to make good progress
assessing the goals where we have
data available and identifying where
and how to address data gaps. This
year we migrated to a new platform to
improve data collection and analysis
for measuring our future-fitness
progress and carbon reporting. The
updated Health Check for FY21 reflects
our improved data awareness and
findings of the assessments we have
completed.
Further detail about elements of our global work programme:
A Future-Fit Pioneer
Future-Fit thinking in
everything we do
• Future Fleet
The need to decarbonise our fleet is
the major challenge we must
address to achieve future-fitness,
making progress on this is core to
our Future Fleet programme - see
moving fleet forward section.
• Sustainable procurement
Sustainable procurement
framework development and
supplier hotspot assessments are
underway, initially with a pilot in our
Australian factory. The approach and
learning from the pilot will be rolled
out to other regions in FY22.
• Accelerate
As a responsible travel operator
we are committed to positively
contributing to the communities
and ecosystems where we operate,
working with partners and
communities to create impact
at scale.
• Ignition
This year we rolled out Future-Fit
Branch Sustainability Action Plans
globally, building on the Branch
Action Plan process initially
developed in the US. This
programme is key to embedding
Future-Fit thinking and action
across all our branch locations, and
making progress on the operational
goals for energy, water, waste,
operational GHG emissions and
community impacts.
“ Since joining thl’s Responsible
Management team in December
2020, I’ve been fortunate to have
inherited a fantastic team based
in LA, Dunedin and Auckland
and a strong foundation
provided by the Future-Fit
Business Benchmark. Future-Fit
provides a science-based,
systemic approach that helps
businesses become ‘sustainable’
by achieving 23 Break-Even Goals
and then – and what I’m most
excited about – how to go
beyond sustainable to become
restorative and regenerative
through the 24 Positive Pursuit
Goals.
Any framework requires work
to maintain, and that includes
Future-Fit. We’ve been putting in
a new, online system to enable
our team and our crew to focus
on what counts: creating a
positive impact in our business,
our branches, and the
communities, ecosystems and
destinations in which we operate.
Given we’re a small team,
collaboration across systems is
key. We are excited and humbled
to learn from indigenous wisdom
and apply systems-based
concepts such as doughnut
economics, circular economy,
Cradle to Cradle™ and
biomimicry to inform our journey
to a resilient and regenerative
future".
Juhi Shareef
Chief Responsibility Officer
Crew Spotlight
Around the world, extreme weather events such as storms, floods
and wildfires are intensifying, impacting millions of people and
infrastructure including airports, ports and roads which our
customers use to access tourism destinations.
This is not just climate change, but rather a climate crisis. Businesses
face a stark choice: either be part of the problem or work hard to be
part of the solution.
Post the Paris Agreement, legislation and regulation is finally being
developed to support a low-emissions world. Countries and states
are setting clear end dates for the sale of new Internal Combustion
Engine (ICE) vehicles or requiring that all new cars and passenger
trucks sold be zero emission vehicles (ZEVs); and regulated product
stewardship schemes are on the horizon.
thl
has started considering the risks and opportunities from the
physical effects of climate change and the transition to a low-
emissions future. Some of these are discussed in the moving fleet
forward section of this report. Risks are managed by the Risk &
Improvement Committee (RIC) and captured in our Enterprise Risk
Framework (see protecting the value we create section in this report).
However, we still have a long way to go. We have developed and
resourced a Climate and Carbon Strategy to deliver this work, and
our ongoing Future Fleet Programme will play a key role. The
decarbonisation pathways we set will be based on robust carbon
scenarios developed for thl in each country of operation (New
Zealand, Australia and the US). We will be fully reporting
on our climate risks and opportunities in alignment with TCFD
2
recommendations and in advance of NZX requirements in our
FY22 Integrated Report.
At thl, we are very clear about just how much work is involved in
becoming part of the solution. Our RVs provide a safe and enjoyable
way for visitors to access nature, and opportunities to have new,
enriching cultural experiences. But fuel use from customer journeys
causes pollution which contributes to climate change and poor air
quality: an increasing concern in a world living with COVID-19. In
addition, the materials in our vehicles all contain ‘embodied carbon’
generated at each step in the supply chain.
Our understanding of the environmental and social context of our
operations, products and the systems they are part of, is key to
ensuring we make the best decisions for our future.
2
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures
A climate of change
every year. We are proud to be one
of the first Future-Fit Pioneers globally
to produce a Level 1 Statement of
Progress transparently, disclosing our
progress, and sharing our journey to
help others.
1770
New Zealand
1194
Australia
1711
US
43
Joint ventures
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY21*
(tonnes COe)
37%
36%
26%
1%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes COe)
171011941749
237315722634
37%
New Zealand
40%
35%
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6600
7924
26%
Australia
24%
25%
1%
Joint
ventures
0%
1%
36%
US
36%
39%
923
Total tonnes COe
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions by Scope FY21*
(tonnes COe)
Scope 1 = 20%
1272
Scope 2 = 27%
2500
Scope 3 = 53%
21
3909
22
496
202
9
37
Headquarters
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY21*
(tonnes COe)
83%
11%
4%
0.5%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY21*
(tonnes COe)
8%
13%
50%
25%
2128
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1277
Electricity
444
Waste
0
Taxi Use
61
Air Travel
786
Materials
1%
0%
*excluding customer journeys
11995
New Zealand
13001
Australia
28636
US
53632
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY21
(tonnes COe)
54%
24%
22%
1%
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
43
21
310819792793
44
24% decrease on FY20
despite the inclusion of
Action Manufacturing
13% decrease on FY20
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences
(NZ/AU/US)
Just go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
FY21
FY20
FY19
1770
New Zealand
1194
Australia
1711
US
43
Joint ventures
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY21*
(tonnes COe)
37%
36%
26%
1%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes COe)
171011941749
237315722634
37%
New Zealand
40%
35%
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6600
7924
26%
Australia
24%
25%
1%
Joint
ventures
0%
1%
36%
US
36%
39%
923
Total tonnes COe
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions by Scope FY21*
(tonnes COe)
Scope 1 = 20%
1272
Scope 2 = 27%
2500
Scope 3 = 53%
21
3909
22
496
202
9
37
Headquarters
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY21*
(tonnes COe)
83%
11%
4%
0.5%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY21*
(tonnes COe)
8%
13%
50%
25%
2128
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1277
Electricity
444
Waste
0
Taxi Use
61
Air Travel
786
Materials
1%
0%
*excluding customer journeys
11995
New Zealand
13001
Australia
28636
US
53632
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY21
(tonnes COe)
54%
24%
22%
1%
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
43
21
310819792793
44
24% decrease on FY20
despite the inclusion of
Action Manufacturing
13% decrease on FY20
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences
(NZ/AU/US)
Just go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
FY21
FY20
FY19
For more information, see FY21 carbon footprint analysis section
in this report.
19
Our FY21 Health Check provides insights on our current progress. Our first full
benchmark assessment results will be available in the Level 2 Pioneer
Disclosure in FY22.
Future-Fit
Break-Even Goals
2019
Health
Check
2020
Health
Check
2021
Health
Check
FY21
Review Commentary
BE01:
Renewable
energy
We continue to focus on energy efficiency with energy saving plans in place
for most sites. In the US and Australia we are looking into options to move to
renewable energy sources for electricity where possible, as this will have the
greatest impact where the grid mix has low renewables. However, due to COVID-19
work has not progressed as we would have liked on shifting to renewables and
reducing gas and company fuel use. Our performance is reflected in our rating
and we need to rethink our approach.
BE02: Water
use
A number of sites in US and Australia are based in water stressed regions, while
other sites experience seasonal water stress. Water saving is a focus in the Branch
Action Plans, targeting high water use activities including vehicle wash bays,
installing low flow facilities and efficient appliances, and installing water tanks
where appropriate.
BE03: Natural
resources
Waitomo is our only location where the Natural Resources Goal applies. We
have assessed our fitness for this goal and are confident our environmental
management practices meet a high standard. They are guided by our
Environmental Management Plan, intensive monitoring of impacts, and oversight
by the Environmental Management Advisory Group.
BE04:
Procurement
We are strongly committed to sustainable procurement to:
• support product design for a circular economy,
• minimise consumption,
• maximise the procurement of low-carbon, energy-efficient, innovative
and socially inclusive products and services, and to
• ensure products are recovered and recycled at end of use / life.
Our global supply chain is complex but we are making progress with a
sustainable procurement pilot for our factory in Australia. Work is underway
to: identify key procurement categories / suppliers by spend, risk and visibility
to understand social and environmental hotspots; map current performance
in sustainable procurement; and embed sustainability into our procurement
processes.
The learning f rom the pilot will be rolled out to NZ and the US in FY22.
BE05:
Operational
emissions
We currently do not have data on all the potential gaseous, liquid or solid
emissions that may occur at our sites. Closing this data gap is a priority. We will
complete a pilot to assess this for branch locations in FY22.
BE06:
Operational
GHGs
Operational emissions reduced over the last FY due to changes related to
COVID-19, including no emissions for Kiwi Experience coach operations and
reductions in staff commuting and branch energy saving actions. Assessments
are based on our scope 1 and 2 emissions, and limited scope 3 emissions. A scope 3
inventory review is underway to ensure all emissions sources are covered. A carbon
management plan is in place and reducing operational emissions is a focus in our
Future-Fit Branch Action Plans.
BE07:
Operational
waste
Operational waste is challenging due to the extensive parts and interior items
required for the vehicle preparation process. Waste management and improving
reduce, reuse and recycling at all sites is a focus in Future-Fit Branch Action Plans.
Challenges operating in a COVID-19 environment has resulted in thl performing
worse than the last FY on site-based reuse and recycling initiatives in the US and
Australia due to greater use of disposable items and additional challenges of
sorting recycling on-site. A renewed focus on waste reduction, recycling and
finding circular solutions will be a priority in FY22.
BE08:
Operational
encroachment
The methodology to assess Future-Fit impacts for current sites and new locations
has been developed. Assessments are underway in each country. Many of our
branches are located in areas of low risk of impact for community and ecosystem
health. Our most significant site for operational impacts on communities and
ecosystems is Waitomo where we also have the biggest opportunities for positive
impacts. Our Discover Waitomo businesses are therefore prioritising goals BE08
and BE09 and aiming to go beyond Break-Even (sustainable) to positive pursuits
(regenerative) where possible.
The updated
FY21 Health Check
We are on track and can
continue our journey
We have minor gaps but
know how to close them
We have major gaps and
need to rethink
We are off track and need
to redesign our course
Key - Health Check
assessments show
how thl is performing
against the Future-Fit
Break-Even Goals
20thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
Future-Fit
Break-Even Goals
2019
Health
Check
2020
Health
Check
2021
Health
Check
FY21
Review Commentary
BE09:
Community
health
Protecting the health of ecosystems and communities, both where we are
physically based and at destinations where use of our products has an impact
on communities or the environment, is a high priority. Not only to cause no
harm, but as a focus for positive pursuits to contribute to restorative and
regenerative travel at a system level. Our focus is to understand our impacts,
address community issues and create positive change at scale. We will progress
work developing effective community engagement mechanisms, building
regenerative partnerships, and extending work on our Responsible Travel
programmes in FY22.
BE10: Employee
health
The health, safety and wellbeing of all our crew is a top priority. This has been a
challenging period with the impact of COVID-19 and the Auckland branch fire
leading to new Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and a focus on wellbeing
across the business. We are confident we have the culture, crew engagement,
processes and practices in place to support our crew and will maintain this focus.
BE11: Living
wage
The process for identifying Living Wage models to use for this analysis is
underway. None of the regions in which thl operates have a Living Wage which
has officially been legislated. A number of models developed by third party
organisations are currently being reviewed to determine regionally appropriate
models that meet the Future-Fit goal criteria. Following Board approval, thl US
was the first to commence the journey towards a sustainable thl Future-Fit wage
concept with the implementation of hourly wage adjustments in June 2021. This
was followed by the announcement in June 2021 of the introduction of the thl
Future-Fit wage for New Zealand, effective for the new FY22 financial year.
A review of a thl Future-Fit wage concept for Australia is also underway.
BE12: Fair
employment
terms
Assessment work reflects that we have good fitness on the majority of the fitness
criteria for this goal in New Zealand and Australia. The US will require more
exploration due to the difference in US employment regulations, such as for paid
sick leave, vacation and parental leave impacting fitness progress.
BE13: Employee
discrimination
Based on the fitness criteria, we have the policies and procedures in place to
achieve this goal. We will continue to review our progress and identify where
we can make progress on diversity and inclusion, including a focus on risk areas
identified in the industry Future-Fit Heat Maps.
BE14: Employee
concerns
We have a range of employee feedback mechanisms currently in place, however
we have identified the need to improve awareness of the feedback mechanisms
available and to engage crew in the design of the employee engagement
mechanisms. A pilot of a wellness app this year provided useful learning, which
w
ill inform ongoing work to support crew engagement and wellbeing.
BE15: Product
concerns
Safe and responsible use of our products is a priority for thl. Customers receive
instructions and/or demonstrations on safe driving and how to operate all
equipment in the motorhome, along with online manuals and instruction videos.
Responsible Travel programmes like Tiaki Promise in New Zealand and Travel with
Heart in the US are in place to address potential impacts on the environment f rom
inappropriate use of the vehicles, and support customers to reduce impacts and
where possible, have a positive impact. A review of product communications has
shown that we have good levels of fitness across all business groups.
BE16: Product
concerns
We recognise the importance of this goal given the complexity of motorhomes;
to ensure the safe operation and responsible use of our vehicles; to prevent
damage to the environment, and to address any operating issues that arise
for customers. We have robust product concern mechanisms in place. We
maintain a focus on this to ensure all customers have the information they
need and channels to raise concerns, get support and advice, and proactively
manage any issues identified.
BE17: Product
harm
Reducing harm to people or the environment f rom the use and disposal of our
products is a priority. Responsible Travel programmes help our customers avoid
causing harm when using our products. A lifecycle assessment comparing eRV
and regular RV models in New Zealand has been completed, however data
on the impact of our products’ end of life is not currently collected. Given this,
a priority for FY22 will be to make progress to assess the environmental and
social impact of our products throughout their lifecycle, including materials,
resources and emissions in production, use and end use phases.
BE18: Product
GHGs
Reducing GHG emissions f rom our vehicles is a major challenge and high
priority. We are committed to reducing emissions f rom our motorhomes
through our Future Fleet programme, building on our experience with eRV fleet
in New Zealand. Industry partnerships with vehicle manufacturers will be key to
moving forward. The customer journey emissions for our rental fleet are shown in
our carbon footprint.
BE19: Products
repurposed
The products can be repurposed goal is complex for thl, as our vehicles
include many more components and materials than a standard car or truck.
We are working to understand product repurposing in each market in which
we operate. Local programmes for parts to be recycled/repurposed are in
place where facilities are available. Some existing programmes to reuse and
repurpose surplus items have been impacted by COVID-19.
BE20: Business
ethics
We have an Ethics Policy in place and an ethics training module relevant for
our business activities and potential hotspots. It is a requirement for all staff to
complete the ethics training on a regular basis and this is monitored.
BE21: Right tax
As a publicly listed company we are confident that we meet the standards
required for this goal and are disclosing the relevant information within all
jurisdictions where we have operations.
BE22: Lobbying
& advocacy
We do not directly undertake lobbying activities, but we are active in
tourism industry groups. We have a Lobbying & Advocacy Policy in place and
proactively encourage the groups we engage with to make progress towards
future-fitness by addressing their key impacts, risks and issues.
BE23: Financial
assets
As a company we do not directly manage financial investment assets, beyond
standard financing activities. We have reviewed this goal and many of the risk
areas identified do not apply directly to our activities.
21
moving
forward
people
22thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
Progress on
our People Goals
Our crew are at the heart of everything
we do. The ongoing uncertainty and
complexity created by COVID-19
demands our dedicated focus on
protecting the health, safety and
wellbeing of all our crew and our
customers. We are immensely proud
of the resilience and commitment
shown by our teams over the last year
and share some highlights on progress
towards our People Goals.
Crew engagement:
a new pulse survey
We paused the annual crew
engagement survey last year due to
COVID-19 and took the opportunity to
re-evaluate our approach. In the latter
part of CY20, we rolled out a new
hybrid crew engagement pulse survey
that we intend to run 2-3 times a year
to gather current information from our
teams. This enables us to understand
the changing needs of our crew and
respond quickly to any concerns and
issues, thereby helping us to maintain
existing programmes or develop new
initiatives that support us to become
a Future-Fit organisation.
BE10 Employee health
BE11 Living wage
BE12 Fair Employment terms
BE13 Employee discrimination
BE20 Business ethics
BE08 Operational
encroachment
B E 0 9 Community health
Future-Fit
Break-Even
(BE) Goals
Capital inputs
to create value
23
24thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
We commenced piloting a training
programme for frontline leaders and
crew in New Zealand in June 2021
focusing on wellbeing and mental
health support, and plan on rolling this
out or offering support to other
regions on completion of the pilot. A
review of our current health and safety
management system has recently
been completed and we will
implement the outcomes of the
review to continuously improve our
health and safety practices.
When the first lockdowns occurred,
we focused on setting up all crew who
could work from home and had to
work from home with IT software,
hardware and office equipment to
ensure they were fully comfortable,
connected and complied with health
and safety (H&S) requirements. Where
crew are able to return to work, we
have developed a policy framework
within which we are continuing to
provide ongoing flexibility to work
from home, or from the workplace.
LITFR incident reporting is part of the
Health and Safety reporting and
monitoring process that is undertaken
in Australia and New Zealand on a
rolling 12-month basis (an LTI reporting
mode is being developed for the USA).
COVID-19 has had an impact on our
normal site operational hours. Plant
and crew availability and workplace
awareness has been variable, with
training at times subject to the various
alert protocols over the last 12 months.
This has resulted in fluctuations in the
number of incidents occurring that
have required time off for recovery.
Australia has improved in this regard
over the last 12 months, with New
Zealand needing an increased focus
on crew training and awareness.
One of the fundamental aspects of
moving towards becoming a Future-
Fit organisation involves improving
the financial position of our crew who
are earning at lower wage rate levels in
the organisation. Following Board
approval, thl US was the first to
commence the journey towards a
sustainable thl Future-Fit wage
concept with the implementation of
hourly wage adjustments in June 2021.
The global DriveStar Award series,
which gives company-wide
recognition to our hard-working team
members, was re-activated in August
2020. It provides an opportunity to
recognise our monthly, quarterly and
annual DriveStar award recipients.
Thanks to all our DriverStar winners for
your great contribution to your team,
and commitment to the business over
the last year. In addition, we also
operate regional recognition schemes
to provide local recognition.
Through our DriveTrain programme,
targeted online training modules are
delivered on a monthly basis to all our
crew. These cover key topics from the
Future-Fit goals to cybersecurity and
health and safety, to provide ongoing
learning opportunities for our teams.
While we will be reviewing the main
leadership development programmes
in the coming months, an online
leadership option using the LinkedIn
Learning online application was
approved in June 2021 and will be
piloted from mid-2021 onwards for
a number of our leaders.
Health, safety
and wellbeing
Crew
recognition
Crew training and
development
Flexible working
arrangements
Lost Time Injury
Frequency Rate (LTIFR)
thl Future-Fit
wage
This was followed by the
announcement in June 2021 of the
introduction of the thl Future-Fit wage
for New Zealand, effective for the new
FY22 financial year. A review of a thl
Future-Fit wage concept for Australia
is also underway. We hope that this
approach will improve the quality of
life for our crew financially as well as
help improve engagement and
retention levels.
Discover Waitomo closed the Waitomo Glowworm Cave, Ruakuri Cave
and Aranui Cave in Waitomo during the New Zealand-wide lockdown
from 24th March to 22nd May 2020. Following the lockdown, there
was a reduction in tourism visitors of ~90% due to the absence of
international tourism. Despite Discover Waitomo’s best efforts to save
as many jobs as possible, more than half of the Discover Waitomo
team lost their jobs in 2020.
We looked for opportunities to continue to care for our crew and
partnered with the Department of Conservation (DOC). We were the
first in the country to set up and successfully run a Kaimahi for Nature
programme through the Jobs for Nature Government initiative where
thl crew perform their usual primary tourism role (guiding, retail
assistant, food & beverage assistant, reservations) and then work in
conservation and restoration to top up their hours to full-time. In our
view, this programme is an exemplar of the way in which Government
and business should be working together.
Kaimahi for Nature
“ I am a single dad
with two kids. The
Kaimahi programme
has given me full-
time work, taught
me new skills and
allowed me to
continue to work at
the Glowworm Caves
where I have worked
for over 16 years.”
Christaan Burgess
Discover Waitomo and
Kaimahi Crew Member
Crew Spotlight
Through Kaimahi for Nature, our crew have been involved in track
maintenance for Maniapoto district reserves, waterfalls, tracks and
pā sites (sites of historical Māori villages). Work includes pest plant
removal, guiding visitors, predator control, native riparian planting,
tree releasing (pulling back plants that may smother new trees)
and riparian strip maintenance (providing a natural buffer between
waterways and land).
The local community have responded positively to the work achieved
by the crew, and in return the crew are enjoying working outside,
learning new skills, and being the kaitiaki (guardians) of their
environment. An additional benefit of the Kaimahi for Nature
programme has been the Glowworm Cave and Black Water Rafting
teams working together and getting a greater understanding of both
sides of the business.
This initiative has provided jobs for 18 of our crew previously on casual
contracts and ensured that full-time fixed term roles have the job
security needed to keep them working within the community and
with their Hapū (Māori kinship group).
Alongside our Future-Fit goals, Discover Waitomo has made the Tiaki
Promise to commit to caring for our people and our place, now and for
future generations. As kaitiaki (guardians) of a unique cave and karst
landscape, our care is world leading. We deliver on the Tiaki Promise
and our Future-Fit goals by: caring for our crew; using an extensive
environmental monitoring and management programme within the
cave and nearby reserves; and using our Mauri Model to holistically
assess and improve our performance against our core values. The
Mauri Model integrates quantitative and qualitative data with a Te Ao
Māori worldview, acknowledging the interconnectedness of all things,
living and non-living.
Note: LTIFR represents the number of lost time injuries
occurring in a workplace per 1 million hours worked.
LTIFRFY21FY20
New Zealand
16.613.4
Australia
15.323.7
25
26thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
In the US, our first and last question of
each day has been “are we doing
enough to keep our crew and
customers safe?”. We quickly, carefully
and comprehensively designed and
implemented new standard operating
procedures (SOPs) based on the
advice of Federal, State and Local
Government agencies. Maintaining
these SOPs and their implementation
across the business through uncertain
and rapidly evolving situations
requires significant time and focus
from all our business leaders and their
teams. With our ‘one team’ approach,
constant, open and direct
communication is key, with weekly
health and safety meetings held in all
branches and teams, and feedback
from crew and customers
incorporated into our weekly reviews
of the safety SOPs.
Our leaders and crew have done an
amazing job in responding to these
challenges to keep our crew and
customers as safe as possible all day,
every day. All crew who had roles that
could be adapted to working from
home continue to do so with the
active support of their leaders.
Through our focus on safety and the
connectedness of remote-working
crew, we have fostered a strong
culture born of resilience, compassion
and agility. At the time of writing, we
are facing the growing threat of the
Delta variant in the US and will
continue to intensely focus our
energies on safety through all the ups
and downs we may face, for as long as
the pandemic requires it.
US: operating
in a COVID-19
environment
Indigenous cultural
capability training in Australia
We are learning with
Indigenous research
and project
management tools
shared by Aboriginal
partners.
Period products
for our crew
Crew wellbeing
challenge in Australia
Our cultural
capability
journey
For many years, thl has been an active
supporter of indigenous tourism
experiences. Initially this was through
the promotion of the Tourism
Australia-led, “Indigenous Champions”
programme. This year, with support of
the specialist for Aboriginal Tourism at
Visit Victoria, we have taken a step
further in order to understand what
role we can play in walking alongside
Aboriginal tourism operators and
suppliers, to support and elevate
them. We needed to go back to the
start which began with cultural
capability training sessions for all crew.
As with all good courses, we started
with a little homework – finding out
who the Traditional Custodians are of
where we live and work.
We received guidance on:
• Cultural protocols and
sensitivities for engaging with
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander
peoples (respect).
• History to support the conversation
on respect and acknowledgement
(truth telling).
• The importance of representation,
not only in media but across all
industries (leadership).
• Identifying opportunities for
connection and support
(engagement).
We believe that economic
development driven by Aboriginal
and Torres Strait Islander people can
empower and develop sustainable
futures for all Australians. In FY22
we are committed to learning how
we can best contribute.
thl is committed to women’s health.
As part of this we have committed
to being a Period Positive business.
In our offices and branches across
New Zealand and Australia we have
introduced free period products for
our crew. This will be introduced
across the US as people return to
the office.
A huge well done to all our thl
Australian team members who
competed in the 30 Day Physical and
Mental Wellbeing challenge. In the
30 days, the team managed to total
over 12 million steps and 917 guided
meditation sessions. Of the 40 initial
participants, 24 managed to achieve
the required 10,000 steps and guided
meditation every day. Team Brisbane
had the best participation with seven
challengers who each averaged 10,952
steps. The team with the highest
average steps was our high
performing sales team with an
average of 14,395 steps per day.
we are a
PERIOD
BRANCH
POSITIVE
For more information, please contact:
Knowing
Knowing and
understanding
history, culture
customs and
beliefs
Being
Awareness
authenticity and
openness to
examining own
values and beliefs
Doing
Culturally
appropriate
action and
behaviour
27
forward
fleet
moving
28thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
Vehicle sales and rentals
are our core business, and
while we remain focused
on margins, we know that
the decisions we make
about our fleet today
are going to lock carbon
emissions in over the 10-
30 year life of a vehicle.
Climate change is arguably
the biggest challenge
of our times, and at thl
we are setting science-
based carbon targets and
decarbonisation pathways.
Simply put, there’s not one standalone
technology that will solve the systemic
climate and supply side challenges we
face across multiple regions. We have
developed an ongoing programme of
work – Future Fleet – that is taking a
technology-agnostic approach to our
product categories. This means we are
not only looking at EVs, but also at
biofuels and hydrogen, and we are
keeping an eye on hybrid options.
We are scanning vehicle ecosystems in
each country in which we operate and are
in the process of mapping: system
stakeholders; emerging technologies;
investment in infrastructure; and potential
partners. We have convened an internal
cohort of our crew with technical
expertise to model and analyse market
tipping points and inform our science-
based decarbonisation pathways.
However, we recognise we have a long
way to go and we can’t do this alone:
collaboration across systems will be key.
BE04: Procurement
BE17: Product harm
BE18: Product GHGs
BE19: Products repurposed
Future-Fit
Break-Even
(BE) Goals
Capital inputs
to create value
29
30thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
As outlined in our framework for FY21
that was included in the FY20
Integrated Report, we pivoted the
business towards vehicle sales,
servicing and retail products, on the
assumption that we would be
operating in a domestic-only rentals
environment for FY21.
Looking back, this pivot towards
vehicle sales was fitting, not only to
serve the domestic demand for private
motorhome ownership, but also to
help de-fleet and improve utilisation in
an environment where rentals
demand was lower, and also to help
de-leverage the balance sheet and
repay debt. Our net debt position
reduced from $175M at 24 March 2020,
to $22M at 31 December 2020. By
selling our motorhome assets and
realising the margins and value of the
assets over and above the book values
that are recorded in thl’s accounts, we
have been able to right size the
balance sheet without raising capital
from shareholders.
The vehicle sales market in all
countries that we operate in continues
to remain strong. We have had a
record year for vehicle sales, selling
2,930 vehicles across the Group.
Record average sales margins have
been achieved in the US throughout
FY21. The average total gain on fleet
sales (after selling costs) has increased
39% from FY20.
The Great New Zealand Motorhome
Sale campaign in late 2020 generated
strong volumes of vehicle sales in
New Zealand, which continued
throughout the second half of FY21.
This increase in the volume of vehicle
sales has enabled a focus on growing
ancillary revenues such as vehicle
servicing and retail revenues, and has
also enabled growth of our vehicle
sales network through both retail and
wholesale channels.
Some of the margin growth that we
have seen in FY21 is considered
one-off in nature, reflective of the
current market conditions. We have
seen manufacturing cost increases,
but to date these have been
outweighed by the increased sales
prices that are being seen in the
market.
With the backdrop of an ongoing
strong vehicle sales market and a
belief that the domestic rental
markets will continue in some manner,
we have continued to purchase new
fleet to meet both the rental and sales
markets opportunities. In the US for
example, we purchased 823
motorhomes in FY21 with more
arriving in Q1 of FY22 to fulfil the
domestic rental demand and to sell
through both the retail and wholesale
channels. By selling fleet, realising
positive margins and buying new fleet,
we have also been able to keep the
average fleet age low. This has the
flow-on benefits of being able to
better manage full Repairs and
Maintenance (R&M) costs on the
rentals side, maintain flexibility in our
customer proposition, ensure a more
carbon-efficient fleet, and keep up
with technology and efficiency
improvements in vehicles.
We continue to assess each market
based on the demand patterns that
we are seeing for both rental and
vehicle sales and are investing where
appropriate to ensure we are in a
position to maximise opportunities
when they are presented, whilst
managing the balance sheet and
external risks in this volatile
environment.
Given climate change and global
megatrends, the future of our fleet has
always been front of mind. Our Future
Fleet programme was developed to
proactively respond to megatrends
such as changing customer
preferences and to manage the
climate risks to our fleet.
To date we have invested significantly
in electric RVs and prior to COVID-19,
we were aiming to ramp up progress
on the transition to an electric fleet.
However, with COVID-related
lockdowns; global constraints on
supply and logistics; and vehicle
manufacturers prioritising electric car
production, we have not made the
progress we had hoped to make.
Through Action Manufacturing, thl has
a strong track-record of international
partnerships: we were the first in
New Zealand to bring in LDV electric
chassis; working with Netherlands-
based Emoss we repowered two
Mercedes RV chassis (compliance
approvals pending); we repowered
light commercial vehicles for
Australian-based SEA Electric and
assisted in creating New Zealand’s
first intercity heavy EV truck for Alsco.
These projects are building an internal
thl capability that we believe is
essential in understanding both the
opportunities and challenges around
Future Fleet.
Vehicle Sales
Number
of
vehicles
sold
%
increase
from
previous
FY
New Zealand
Rentals and
Vehicle Sales
1,255121%
Australia
Rentals
and Vehicle
Sales
3
50266%
US Rentals
and Vehicle
Sales
1,17330%
“ Action Manufacturing is a
critical part of thl’s build-
buy-rent-sell business
model. Action is
constantly evolving as a
business with our
intuitive thinking around
design and our drive to
be at the forefront of the
market in the commercial
specialist, truck, trailer
and recreational vehicle
industry. The agility,
teamwork and excellence
demonstrated by the
team at Action is paving
the way for future growth
and exciting projects.”
For more information about Action
Manufacturing see divisional reports.
Chris Devoy
Director & CEO, Action Manufacturing
Crew Spotlight
thl introduced Telematics to its rental fleet in 2014, using the
Australian business as a pilot.
Prior to 2014, we would wish customers a safe and enjoyable holiday
as they drove out of the yard, but have no visibility of them until they
returned the vehicle at the end of their rental. Our aim in introducing
telematics to the fleet was to positively influence driver behaviour,
improve the customer experience, reduce thl costs of operating, and
to improve the safety of our customers and the communities they visit
around the country.
In Australia, reducing speed was a key focus. We learned a lot about
our customers as to what messages did and didn’t work, and we were
able to reduce speeding events by over 70%.
Thanks to Telematics, in the unlikely event of an incident, our On Road
Support team are able to locate the vehicle easily and diagnose any
engine fault codes, which has enhanced the customer experience we
provide. We’re also able to geo-fence zones that may be experiencing
dangerous natural events such as cyclones, floods and bush fires. It is
equally important to encourage customers to go back into those
impacted regions after the danger has passed to support the local
communities and tourism destinations get back on their feet.
Improved driver behaviour has led to a reduction in repairs and
maintenance costs over the life of the motorhome, and from an asset
management perspective, stocktakes are accurate and available in
real-time.
Our initiatives in this space allowed us to win the Australian Fleet
Management Association's Fleet Safety Award in 2017. In the last
financial year we launched our own Telematics solution bespoke-
designed for RV customers and our operational needs. While this
needs further development to integrate into back-end operations,
it has now been expanded to the New Zealand rentals fleet. This
new solution has enormous potential for enhanced features and
data generation to reduce repairs and maintenance and deliver
other operational efficiencies and better customer experiences.
Telematics
3
Exclusive of buyback units which
were returned in FY20
31
32thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
Future Fleet
programme
Future Fleet
technologies
Our climate, environmental and
societal risks are described in the
moving forward responsibly section
of this report, are captured in our
Enterprise Risk Framework, and are
reflected in our priority Future-Fit
product goals. How are we managing
these risks? Rather than investing in
efforts to be ‘carbon neutral’, we are
taking a considered, science-based
approach to improving our core
business – our fleet – so that we
genuinely become Future-Fit.
The challenge for thl is that this will
take some time. Currently there is a
lack of availability of cost-effective,
electric chassis that meet our
customers’ need for range. OEMs
4
(vehicle manufacturers) are focussed
on electric cars as a priority, with
short-range electric vans for last mile
delivery their next consideration. Last
off the block are the long-range
electric vehicles thl requires to provide
our customers with the independence
they expect from an RV experience.
Finally, there are the supply-chain
challenges being experienced by
businesses all over the world.
Of course, electric vehicles aren’t
always the answer, particularly in
Australia and the US with electricity
networks that still rely primarily on
fossil fuel electricity generation. All
products have an impact on the
environment. Even our 12 electric RVs
(eRVs), a much cleaner option than
internal combustion engine vehicles
as they emit no greenhouse gases,
have an impact. Electric batteries carry
risks across their value chain, from the
ethical sourcing of raw materials such
as cobalt and lithium, to the risks of
thermal runaway or greenhouse gases
generated at disposal
5
. We are
currently using only a small proportion
of repurposed materials and don’t
(yet) have product stewardship
schemes in place to take back, reuse
and recycle our products and
components as part of a circular
economy. This is something we will
be working on in FY22.
2021 has been a year of continued
information-gathering on each of the
Future Fleet prospect categories we
are exploring: EV, hydrogen and
biofuel. Our main challenge is that
within each of these prospects, the
various entities operate and develop
independently, making it difficult to
disseminate accurate and unbiased
facts.
Adding to the complexity for thl is that
RVs are a unique use of a light
commercial chassis and investment in
this category generally targets low-
range, urban use, maintaining payload
at the expense of range. RV use is also
at the lower end of potential sales
volumes, so is a secondary
consideration for many
manufacturers.
Biofuel has less long-term appeal for
thl, with the complexity of new
high-performance diesel engines
limiting opportunities for the use of
new blends of biodiesel, and
challenges around feedstock supply
(including links to food crops).
However, given industry and
Government commitments
6
biofuels
could be part of a near-term transition
to reducing carbon, so we maintain an
interest.
Hydrogen is gaining momentum in
heavy transport, and there are some
options opening up in our light
transport segment: essentially
operating as an EV with a small
battery and the use of a hydrogen
fuel cell to recharge. In some regions,
particularly where electricity is
primarily generated by fossil fuels or
where infrastructure is a challenge,
hydrogen will likely take a lead
position.
Suitable fully electric EV chassis and
van options are beginning to enter the
market, with range and cost
improvements gathering pace. As the
density and cost of batteries improves,
auto manufacturers are adding range
and increasing payload, and we are
hopeful that during CY22 we will begin
testing factory-built prototypes.
Our aim at thl is to be pioneers in the
RV and tourism space as we navigate
the journey to our Future-Fit goals.
We are actively seeking partners
with similar values to collaborate on
the transition away from Internal
Combustion Engine (ICE) vehicles. If
you’re up for the adventure, please get
in touch: info@thlsustainability.com.
4
OEM: Original Equipment Manufacturer, an organisation that makes devices from component parts bought from other organisations
5
Our Chief Responsibility Officer Juhi Shareef is Chair of the Battery Industry Group (B.I.G.) which thl has joined. B.I.G. has designed a
circular product scheme for large batteries. www.big.org.nz
6
Such as the New Zealand Biofuels Mandate for which consultation completed 26 July 2021
33
33
forward
experiences
moving
34thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
There is no better
opportunity to move our
experiences forward than
now. Adapting out of
necessity for the pandemic
needs of our customers,
but also seizing the
moment to challenge our
experiences for the better.
We have evolved for a socially distanced
world. We’re on the journey to leverage
contactless processes and are making
enhancements to our travel apps. These
will enable our customers to get on the
road more quickly and safely than ever
before, without compromising the
support needed to travel with confidence.
Our flexible booking policies give options
to those whose travel plans have been
disrupted by the pandemic, and the
“Work from Anywhere” campaign piloted
new ways to enable an increasingly
mobile workforce. Digital adoption has
accelerated in the past 12 months and the
way we work, live, and travel has likely
changed forever, reinforcing that
innovation in our product and in-trip
technology is an ongoing priority.
BE03:Natural resources
BE08:Operational encroachment
BE09:Community health
BE15:
Product communications
BE16:Product concerns
BE17:Product harm
BE18:Product GHGs
BE19:Products repurposed
Future-Fit
Break-Even
(BE) Goals
Capital inputs
to create value
35
36thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
As a responsible travel operator, we
actively promote and encourage
responsible travel through Tiaki
Promise in New Zealand and Travel
with Heart – our Responsible Travel
programme developed in the US
and rolled out in Australia this year.
Travel with Heart is designed to
help our customers enjoy a more
sustainable holiday by sharing
ideas, information, inspiration and
itineraries. This information is
available to customers not only
during the dreaming and planning
stages of their holiday, but also the
pick-up from our crew who
generously share their local tips
via our thl roadtrip app.
Our aim is to connect customers
with tourism experiences that are
restorative and regenerative for the
destinations in which they travel
and the communities whom with
they interact. We are therefore
strengthening our long-term
partnerships and developing new
partner initiatives that will help us
and our customers meet our
objectives and make progress
towards a Future-Fit society.
For many years, thl has been an
active supporter of the Indigenous
Champions programme in Australia.
This has been revitalised and
extended as Discover Aboriginal
Experiences and is a priority for us to
support. We have recently taken our
first steps with cultural capability
training to better understand how
we can walk alongside and promote
Aboriginal experiences to our
customers.
Another priority is our connection
with the Ecotourism Australia
network. thl Australia has been
Ecotourism Accredited for 10 years
and we look forward to encouraging
more customers to experience and
support these businesses around
Australia. thl continues to be a
primary sponsor of the Campervan
and Motorhome Club of Australia
(CMCA) and supports the Leave No
Trace programme to encourage
responsible camping. We invest
annually in dump points, in
partnership with the CMCA in
support of responsible travelling of
all RV holidaymakers, whether they
own their own RV or are renting for
a short time.
In support of all communities, we
actively promote safe driving and safe
journeys. Through Telematics we are
able to steer customers clear of any
dangerous weather events such as
storms or bush fires, but equally
encourage them back into those
regions when the event has passed.
We are also able to encourage safer
driver behaviour such as speeding
through this system, and equally
locate our customers quickly in the
unlikely event that they have an
on-road incident.
This has been an opportune time
to refocus on our core operational
disciplines. In our rentals business for
example, these are the capabilities that
deliver clean and well maintained
campers, and quality 24/7 On Road
Care. This has led to the re-engineering
of key processes, starting a journey
to become a paperless operation,
increased emphasis on crew training,
and redesign of fleet elements that
complicate vehicle preparation for our
crew. While the vast majority of our
customer reviews are positive, we
are never satisfied, and these changes
are part of a continued challenge to
be better.
We continue to develop possibilities for
more enriched travel experiences as
part of our Future-Fit pathway. Our
crew feel a strong responsibility for this
and are driven by the purpose of
unlocking truly authentic connections
to people, place, and culture. A few of
these stories are shared below.
Responsible Travel
programme
“ In the US we have continued
to expand Travel with Heart,
with new information
materials for all branches,
crew training, refreshed
webpages and our Travel
with Heart blog series to
provide tips, ideas and
inspiration to our customers
to reduce their impacts on
the road, where they visit,
and at home.”
Antonia Nichol
Sustainability Director
37
38thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
” As I think back over the past year, we
were faced with paramount challenges
dealing with the pandemic and our
changing business model. It was in the
panic of getting massive reservation
cancellations that we stepped back,
evaluated, and re-emerged as a
COVID-19 Support Facilitator.
Recognising our value to the health
and wellbeing of our community, we
began a massive campaign to market
our fleet for COVID-19 quarantine
space. It was amazing to see how fast
we were able to pivot and change our
focus, collaborating as one collective
team including Customer Service
Agents, Reservation Agents, Rental
Managers and Service Managers. The
pandemic served as the catalyst to join
talents between Road Bear and El
Monte to keep our business going and
in the process our engagement with
each other became seamless, working
as one team.
Our primary focus was always keeping
everyone safe. Our teams rallied and
began analysing the safety measures
needed to keep everyone safe in this
environment. We did test runs with our
crew to demonstrate the proper
procedures to minimise the potential
of exposure in our offices and vehicles.
Our crew met frequently to discuss
ideas for improving our procedures,
with the goal being everyone needed
to feel safe in coming to work. We
continued to modify and improve on
our Standard Operating Procedures
(SOPs) which evolved throughout the
process.“
Don Price
General Manager -San Francisco - El Monte RV
Crew Spotlight
One of our key lessons through the pandemic has been that
yesterday is no indicator of what may happen tomorrow! The US
RV category came to a standstill, like many other industries in the
first uncertain days of the pandemic. During this time, we did what
we could to support the community and keep our people in jobs
through rentals for quarantine camps for the homeless and other
essential duties.
The energy and intensity, professionalism and creativity of everyone in
the crew in pursuing and delivering these opportunities was rewarded
by an American Chamber of Commerce (AmCham) - DHL Express
Success & Resilience Innovation Award. This was very well-deserved
recognition of ‘success and resilience’ during the COVID-19 pandemic.
Once the summer of 2020 began in June, we experienced a huge
surge of interest, driven by exemplary public relations and influencer
marketing. With many people reluctant to stay in hotels or travel by
plane, and capacity and operating restrictions on other leisure
activities, RVs proved to be the perfect ‘COVID-free cocoon’ to take a
break in nature.
In 2020, around 85% of our renters were first-timers and the industry
as a whole benefited from new entrants with a close affinity to the RV
category. At the time of writing, we are entering the Northern
Hemisphere summer of 2021 with most Government COVID-19
restrictions removed, so other leisure categories are operating at full
capacity. As we’d expect, people are taking the opportunity to do the
things they haven’t been able to do in the previous 12 months and the
growth of new entrants to RV-ing, while still present, has slowed. With
our strong customer satisfaction ratings, we expect the 2020 summer
of the RV to have added significantly to both the long-term structural
growth in the category and to our loyal customer base.
Success and resilience in the US
Our Discover Waitomo team worked
hard to create opportunities for
domestic visitors to experience all
that Waitomo has to offer in new and
inspiring ways. The region has an
amazing variety of experiences for
New Zealanders to enjoy, and we want
to encourage visitors to return again
throughout the year. To support this,
our Waitomo team successfully
developed a growing programme of
cultural events, educational tours and
conservation activities that inspire and
draw visitors to Waitomo throughout
the year.
In the last quarter of FY21, our team
worked hard over several weeks to
prepare for the Matariki (Māori lunar
new year) celebration in Waitomo.
Working with the community, the
team developed a fantastic week-long
programme for Matariki featuring
unique tours, enriching cultural
experiences and lots of fun activities
for all the whānau (family). The
opportunity to take a night-time tour
in the Glowworm Cave, learn about
Matariki and sample kawakawa tea
and baking made for an unforgettable
experience. The week included a
cultural performance in the cave and a
series of informative talks featuring
local experts sharing Mātauranga
Māori (indigenous knowledge), on
topics such as the use of native plants
for healing and wellbeing.
A notable impact over the last year
was that the lower numbers of
domestic visitors enabled a more
intimate visitor experience in Waitomo
Glowworm and Ruakuri Caves, where
cultural heritage and individual stories
create deeper understanding and
connections for our manuhiri (visitors).
Our guiding crew, many of whom are
from the local Ruapuha Uekaha Hapū
and Mainiapoto Iwi, enhanced the
tours with a stronger focus on cultural
stories and history.
The core values of Kaitiakitanga
(guardianship, stewardship),
Manaakitanga (hospitality, generosity,
respect) and Whanaugatanga
(connection, kinship) underpin
everything we do in Waitomo. We will
continue developing opportunities for
our crew and customers to share and
build cultural knowledge and
connections, enhancing our tours and
supporting our crew to upskill and
share knowledge. We are looking to
increase our use of Te Reo and
understanding of Tikanga (Māori
customs), and we are privileged to
have team and community members
from the local hapū leading us on this
journey.
Encouraging our visitors to care for
New Zealand and embrace the Tiaki
Promise remains an important focus
of our customer experience. We
actively promote opportunities for our
customers to reduce their impact and
engage with community conservation
projects enhancing the health of the
ecosystems in Waitomo, and we host
a range of events celebrating Māori
culture.
Discover Waitomo: enhancing
our visitor experiences
Underground Sounds
At ‘Underground Sounds’, manuhiri
(visitors) were welcomed with a
pōwhiri, a tour of our Glowworm
Cave, and then enjoyed an intimate
performance by New Zealand tenor
Geoff Sewell, performed inside the
Cathedral of the Glowworm Cave.
The evening included dinner at our
stunning visitor centre accompanied
by waiata (Māori song) performed by
our crew.
Arts Month
Arts Month is an event where local
artists presented their work at the
Glowworm Cave and Homestead.
Each week of the month represented
a different life stage of the glowworm.
A Maniapoto ancestor; Tāne Tinorau
who explored the caves in 1887 was
celebrated as part of this exhibition.
Discover
Waitomo Events
“We are truly blessed to have such innovative and
creative folks within thl: we felt encouraged to face
the pandemic head on rather than shutting down
and waiting for better times.”
39
forward
business
moving
40thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
As with businesses
around the world, in FY21
uncertainty became our
new norm.
We faced several waves of disruption,
from new COVID-19 variants, to the
opening and closing of borders, to the
loss of our main Auckland branch due to
a catastrophic fire. All this has, of course,
meant we have lost money. We are clear
that it’s still a challenging time for our
business.
We are proud that our leadership and
crew have navigated this uncertainty
together and faced each challenge
head-on. We have taken stock and
grasped where our business stands
today. We have learned to adapt and
use lockdowns as times for reflection:
refocusing and improving internal
systems.
Thanks to our commitment to the
Future-Fit Business Benchmark, we
have a strong foundation to create value
for our stakeholders over the long-term
by ensuring that our operations,
products and services are
environmentally restorative, socially just
and economically inclusive.
There is clear demand for our products
and services in the market. As borders
reopen, we are well placed to seize the
exciting opportunities on the horizon.
We are confident that we can move our
business forward, together.
BE01: Renewable energy
BE02: Water use
BE05: Operational emissions
BE06: Operational GHGs
BE07: Operational waste
BE08: Operational encroachment
BE09: Community health
Future-Fit
Break-Even
(BE) Goals
Capital inputs
to create value
41
42thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
In a year that had already presented
unprecedented challenges to the
business managing through a
COVID-19 landscape, the NZ business
had to deal with a huge fire at our
main Auckland branch in September
2020. The emotional impact of
watching our workplace burn to the
ground took its toll on our crew, and
was another test of our resilience as a
team.
Incredibly, within 24 hours the crew
had set up a temporary location for
customers picking up and returning
vehicles, and a workshop facility to
accommodate our back-of-house
operations. We were operational again
and had minimal disruptions for our
customers. The search began
immediately to find a suitable facility
to call home in the interim while we
re-build our Auckland branch.
The team moved into a new facility in
December near the Auckland
International Airport which will be
home until sometime around the end
of 2023 or in 2024. The design process
is underway for what will be our
flagship branch for thl.
It is an exciting opportunity to
incorporate Future-Fit design
principles and create the branch of
the future for thl that meets all
stakeholder needs.
Throughout all the challenges we’ve
faced as a team in the past year, the
commitment, passion, and resilience
of the crew has never once faltered.
They are committed to delivering
amazing experiences to our customers
no matter what obstacles are
presented along the way. Out of the
tragedy of the fire we are now given
the opportunity to re-build something
that is bigger, better, and more
sustainable for the future of thl.
Given the number of locations we
have around the world, we are
constantly dealing with property lease
renewals and new branch or location
opportunities. The work being
conducted for the Auckland branch
renewal is flowing through to the
reviews and decision-making for all
other locations in the global network.
At present, we have four new branch
locations globally under review with
more expected over the coming year.
RV Super Centre has been through a
period of substantial growth over the
last 12 months. Fuelled by a market
that has benefited from closed
borders and low interest rates, the
sales demand experienced across the
industry has been like nothing ever
seen before in New Zealand. Our crew
have been focused on ensuring we
can meet these demand levels and
continue to deliver a high-quality
product while looking to grow our
ancillary revenue streams in our RVSC
dealerships.
Retail has seen significant growth,
both in our physical retail locations
and our online store. We are increasing
our retail footprint, leveraging our
rental spaces that are underutilised
currently, and expanding our product
offering online. The workshops have
also pivoted to private servicing,
installation of accessories, and
modification and refurbishment work,
making the RVSC the one stop
destination for everything RV in New
Zealand. This is just the start though,
and there are many more exciting
opportunities that we are accelerating
towards across all aspects of our
dealership model to continue this
growth into the future.
Relocation and reset in New Zealand Growth of RVSC in NZThe evolving role of digital technology
“ Over the last year COVID-19
has created many logistical
challenges, with sudden
border restrictions and travel
disruptions to customers such
as cancellations, and
amendments. It has been a
fast-paced learning curve with
lots of teamwork to anticipate
fleet movements ahead of
lockdowns, whilst being
adaptable and ensuring we
have fleet in the right locations
once a lockdown ends and
border restrictions are lifted.
Throughout this rapidly-
changing environment I have
been most proud of our
community of customers for
their understanding, resilience
and how they have worked
with thl to ensure we can fulfil
their holiday and keep the
journey continuing. "
Lisa Seach
Fleet Scheduling Manager (AU)
Nick Judd
Chief Financial Officer
Crew Spotlight
The past year has seen us take significant steps forward on our digital
technology roadmap. While we started the year finalising the split of
the Togo JV, the technology that had been developed within that JV
came to the fore during the year. As firstly, we launched our own
Telematics product, which will drive ongoing savings in repairs and
maintenance, customer safety and operational information and
secondly, launched the new Cosmos fleet management system in
New Zealand and Australia.
The challenge of developing a pricing, booking and fleet management
system should not be understated and it was a considerable
achievement to get this product launched. It will undoubtedly provide
a competitive advantage in the years ahead with it being developed
on the latest tech platform and bespoke for our RV rentals business.
The next stage of development will see its introduction into our US
businesses, with the consolidation into one global fleet system from
three legacy systems driving efficiencies across the business.
Like many companies, our digital evolution has not been smooth
sailing, and with the split from Togo it allowed us to revisit our digital
strategy. As a result, we have refocussed our digital product
development with an internal prioritisation first rather than external
commercialisation. This led us to change the size and location of our
Telematics product team with a smaller team leading product
development now based in Auckland.
The importance that thl and the Board continues to place on further
digital advancement is underlined by the addition of Jo Hilson to the
leadership team in the role of Chief Technology Officer to lead the next
stage of our digital evolution.
“We have had bumps in
the delivery of our digital
strategy, but at thl we
have a strong belief in the
digital products we have
developed in terms of what
they deliver today, and
even more excitingly, the
benefits they will give us
in the future.”
43
44thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
There is no doubt that ‘resilience’ was the attribute we all aspired to during 2021.
For our team in Australia, it was an increasingly evident trait in our crew as the
year of intermittent and repeated lockdowns rolled around the country. thl has
always looked up and out to the future as well as dealing with what is in front of
us. This has allowed us to respond effectively to the business environment in
which we operate. The pandemic provided no greater test of this ability.
Knowing that we were ‘all in this crisis together’, our crew pulled together as
‘One Team’. Crew were cross-trained to create an adaptive team that could
support other parts of the business and other teams around the country from
Brisbane to Perth, Darwin to Melbourne. This also meant we were able to
provide more work opportunities for more people. Everyone had a role to play,
and we continue with “One Team”. Communication was key to keep the crew up
to date with what we understood of the environment, the industry, and what we
were doing as a response.
That environment flipped quickly in favour of vehicle sales and away from
rentals. We responded by swinging our efforts behind the booming vehicle sales
side of the business. Whilst rentals demand was subdued, we stood up a
business development team to generate revenue in non-tourism industries to fill
the gap in demand. On the cost side, we scoured the profit and loss lines for
savings and were able to cancel or postpone some orders due to our already
strong supply partner relationships. The supply chain continues to be
challenging.
Resilience and skills in a fast-changing
uncertain environment
Action Manufacturing
The last 12 months have been all action at Action Manufacturing.
The team has continued to deal with the impacts of COVID-19 and disrupted
supply chains, while pursuing a wide range of opportunities and delivering
high quality design and development projects. Action Manufacturing plays
an integral role within thl’s ‘Build – Rent – Sell’ RV business model as the
primary supplier of vehicles for the New Zealand and Australian rentals
businesses.
A real highlight of the last year has been the expansion in recruits and
rebuilding of teams across all three Action sites. We have successfully
recruited over 50 new team members and are looking to on-board another
30 team members as we increase capacity to deliver our strong and growing
pipeline of orders. The new team includes 11 apprentices undertaking coach
building, heavy and light fabrication apprenticeships, two graduate
engineers and a marketing graduate. We are proud of the training and
career development pathways provided at Action and are committed to the
success of all our team members.
Another highlight is the Hamilton site nightshift programme now up and
running, with new employees for all shifts. This is increasing our productivity
and is a better utilisation of our assets. A strong pipeline of orders provides
an exciting opportunity for the team to successfully apply the design-led
thinking that is core to the DNA of Action.
Maintaining and building effective supplier relationships has been
important for addressing supply chain issues impacting the business. This
has been more important than ever this year, as the team has secured many
successful tenders with orders to design, develop and deliver a diverse range
of vehicles, including multiple new vehicle designs for St John ambulance, to
vehicles for the Police and New Zealand Defence Force.
As a business we continue to focus on our lean principles and are always
looking for ideas to implement cost savings, increase speed, help our
people, and improve quality. This year we have revitalised a number of
continuous improvement projects, including a site-wide Kanban system for
consumable items. Health and safety and our team culture is critical to our
continuing success. We are focused on team engagement from the ‘floor up’
ensuring all our team members are actively raising issues. The new
Continuous Improvement Board gives all staff the opportunity to contribute
ideas, with prizes to be won monthly, quarterly and annually. The team has
shown incredible agility, rising to new opportunities and meeting challenges
as we continue to grow as a design-led specialist vehicle manufacturing
business.
Alice Limer is an apprentice
here at Action
Manufacturing. She is
assigned to work on the
St John ambulances we
manufacture, ensuring the
finishing touches are put in
place. So, why does Alice like
being an apprentice at
Action? “I like working on
the ambulances. It is very
hands-on, and I feel like I am
doing something great for
our community, while
achieving a qualification."
45
Businesses create, preserve or erode
value for themselves and others. Our
Value Model summarises how thl
creates value for ourselves and the
wider system in which we operate.
We draw from inputs or 'stocks of
value', represented by the six capitals:
natural, manufactured, intellectual,
human, social, relationship and
financial. We then create value
through our unique business model,
which delivers outcomes. At thl we
recognise we are part of wider systems,
and that all our value creation activities
have positive or negative impacts.
Protect and enhance ecosystem health, our Future-Fit
pathway from Break-Even Goals to positive pursuits.
Addressing the climate change, environmental, natural
resource and destination impacts of our vehicles and
products. Aiming to go beyond ‘sustainability’ to
contribute to restoring and regenerating the natural
environment and sensitive ecosystems where we have an
impact, such as Waitomo.
Innovation, expertise, improving our products
experiences and impacts. RV design and delivery
expertise; providing safe, comfortable, high quality
vehicles. Working to reduce GHG emissions and
impacts of our vehicles and operations on the
environment. Technology and systems to improve
operational efficency, high quality experiences and
services for our customers and communities.
Innovation, resilience and excellence. High quality
services and products that exceed customer
expectations. Reducing negative impacts including
GHG emissions, natural resource use and on
ecosystems. Enhancing customer experiences and
contributing positively to communites and destinations.
Enabling people to develop and thrive. Diverse teams,
engaged and committed crew; curiosity, creativity and
innovation from our teams. Leadership, development and
growth opportunites. Flexible working policies, fair
employment terms, healthy and safe workplaces,
addressing any crew concerns and supporting health and
wellbeing.
Partnerships for positive impact for communities,
stakeholders and destinations. Addressing community
concerns on negative impacts of freedom camping.
Promoting responsible travel and opportunites to
authentically connect with communities and First
Nations/indigenous cultures and places through Tiaki
Promise and Travel with Heart in US and Australia.
Supplier relationships, sustainable procurement and
having a positive impact across our value chains.
Creating value for our customers, crew and
communities, shareholders and stakeholders.
Products and experiences we provide create positive
economic impacts for communities. Recognising and
addressing community concerns where negative
impacts occur.
Impact OutcomeInput
Our business
Vision
To sustainably connect millions
with personalised local
experiences, leveraging our
expertise in RVs and tourism
globally.
Right path
Future-Fit methodology and
mindset. In other words, choosing
a future that is environmentally
restorative, socially just and
economically inclusive.
Our way (thl values)
· Be the best
· We care every day
· Be curious
· Do the right thing
Build-Buy
-Rent-Sell
RV model and
delivering
tourism
experiences
Our
operating
model: the
value we add
The natural resources, energy, fuels and water used in
our RV vehicles and operations.
The high quality environments, ecosystems and
cultural values that underpin the destinations our
customers visit.
The RV fleet we build, rent and sell. Buildings and
infrastructure we lease and maintain for our
operations. The technology, process and systems to
improve our customer experiences and operational
effiency.
Expertise and innovation as the largest global RV
rental operator and in tourism operations, customer
services and creating compelling experiences.
Development of technology solutions, organisational
systems and services that support our crew and
customers.
Our crew’s skills, talent, energy and engagement.
Leadership, strong values and direction of our
Future-Fit pathway. Robust governance and
management systems for risk, health and safety and
operational performance.
Active engagement with: industry partners, tourism,
travel and transport groups/forums and regional
tourism groups and operators.
Relationships with: community, iwi/indigenous groups,
Government agencies, and local partners where we are
based, and where our products impact.
Global network of suppliers.
The revenue and value we generate and access to
funds and investment in our products, experiences,
people and the places where we operate.
Traditionally, businesses were focussed
on financial capital and 'shareholder
value' but didn't account for
externalities or their impact on other
stakeholders. More recently, businesses
have been exploring 'shared value',
where some negative impacts are
internalised, but business as usual
continues (this is business being 'less
bad'). The Future-Fit Business
Benchmark we use at thl gives us a
framework to evolve to 'system value'
in which businesses contribute to a
thriving society and help to regenerate
our environment (doing 'more good').
Learn more about how we protect the
value we create in the Enterprise Risk
Management section in this report.
– our Value Model
how thl
creates
value
thl Integrated Annual Report 20214647
A thorough organisation-wide review
of all thl 's enterprise risks has recently
been completed, and these strategic,
operational and regulatory risks have
been streamlined and migrated to a
new digital platform.
To proactively manage our risks in a
world where uncertainty is the ‘new
norm’, we have a new, executive-level
Risk & Improvement Committee (‘RIC’,
taking over from the previous
Enterprise Risk Steering Committee)
and a new operational Risk
Champions Network (‘RCN’). Board
oversight continues to be provided by
the Sustainability & Risk Committee
(‘SRC’). See Risk Governance section in
this report for more information.
RiskDetailImpactRisk controlsRelevant Capitals
– see about this report
section for more information
Health,
safety &
wellbeing
As an essential service provider in
a COVID-19 context with domestic
tourism offerings, exposes our
crew and customers to additional
health and safety risks which we
continue to proactively address.
In addition to health, safety and
wellbeing risks to our crew or
customers, if our operation was
no longer regarded as safe, we
would face major impacts on
our operating model, as well as
fines, lawsuits and significant
reputational damage.
Continue to embed health,
safety and wellbeing culture in
all parts of the business. Act on
recommendations of internal
Health & Safety Audit. Explore
alignment with ISO 45001 to
support consistent processes
and knowledge sharing across
jurisdictions and continually
improve SOPs.
Cyber
security
The risk of a cyber-security
event impacting operations and
customers remains high. Includes
external malicious activity
causing loss of key systems and
data breaches and wider risks
around digital systems failure.
There has been an increase
in f raudulent activity due to
COVID-19 and working f rom
home during lockdowns has
added additional complexity in
managing this risk.
Loss of key systems causing
operational disruption and
disruption to our customers.
Reduction in EBIT. Reputational
impact.
External cyber-security audit
completed.
Major
market
shocks,
world
recession
Major market shocks or recession
(due to pandemic, war, terrorism,
geopolitical risks etc) in key
markets impacting demand for
thl products. Pandemic risks may
reduce over time given progress
with global vaccinations, however
geopolitical risk increasing, with
increased volatility in regions.
Continued risk of new or existing
competitors disrupting market
although risk to thl is decreasing.
Significant disruption to the RV
market. Reduction in financial
profitability, travel, demand for
used and new vehicles.
Active monitoring of global trends
and economic environment. Plan
for agility and diversification in
business models, markets and
fleet. Minimise long-term fixed
costs e.g. property. Minimise
long-term commitments where
possible but plan for creating and
protecting value over long-term.
Extreme
weather
events
including
from
climate
change
Risks f rom extreme weather
events including those caused
by climate change impacting
operations remain high given
floods in NZ and Europe, extreme
weather in UK, wildfires in
Australia, US.
Operational disruption such
as from bush fires requiring
customers to be redirected using
our telematics system. Additional
compliance requirements as
increasing regulations to control
environmental impacts. Limited
recovery of international travel
after COVID-19.
Adapt business model towards
zero emissions and monitor and
adapt to climate-related events.
Our long-term key mitigation
planning is through our Future
Fleet programme, our Enterprise
Risk Management Framework
(in the process of aligning with
TCFD requirements) and the
implementation of the Future-
Fit methodology across all our
operations.
– our Enterprise Risk
Management Framework
RiskDetailImpactRisk controlsRelevant Capitals
– see about this report
section for more information
Megatrends
in tourism
Risks f rom megatrends in
tourism remain high. These
include changing customer
expectations leading to
changing travel patterns
(short-term restrictions and
long-term trends). Risk of losing
social licence to operate f rom
communities unwilling to accept
impact of customer journeys
remains high.
Reduction in inbound tourism
reduces demand, affecting
profit and ROFE. External factors
increase the cost of air travel.
Potential reputational impact.
Maintain influence in core market,
develop new markets, source
alternative revenue opportunities
and continue to engage
with tourism bodies. Monitor
economic/external environment.
Manage balance sheet ratios, flex
fleet. Drive and communicate
sustainability progress to meet/
anticipate customer expectations.
Supply
chain
disruption
Ongoing disruption to supply
chains leading to e.g. increase
in cost of vehicle buy/build and
maintenance costs etc. Risk
remains high across all regions
but is increasing in intensity in
the US.
Impact on delivery for customers
affecting profitability. Potential
reputational impact.
Maintain multiple suppliers.
Reschedule sale of vehicles.
Regular fleet meetings, build
documents kept live. Monthly
meetings to monitor production
and imports. Flex staff numbers.
Regular engagement with
suppliers.
Regulatory
and legal
compliance
In a fast-changing regulatory
landscape, the risk of
misinterpretation of regulation
and non-compliance remains
high.
Reputational, legal and financial
impacts, e.g. exposure to
litigation.
Daily monitoring of legal policy
and compliance changes to
ensure that our operations
continue to comply. Examples
of these policy changes are
definition of essential services,
work f rom home orders and
mandates around certain PPE.
Product
Lack of cost-effective long-range
product options which can
materially reduce greenhouse
gases (GHGs) and are able to
deliver customer proposition.
Risk remains high but anticipate
risk will decrease as key OEMs
signaling an increase in supply of
suitable EV chassis. Technological
and obsolescence risks f rom
changing fuel and vehicle
technologies remain high.
Loss of demand, reputational
impact. Ongoing product harm
caused through GHG emissions.
Financial impact.
Delivery of the Future Fleet
programme (under way):
mapping key stakeholders
for EVs, biofuels, hybrids and
hydrogen vehicles; identifying
and tracking tipping points for
each technology; identifying
and engaging suitable partners
in each region; investing in pilot
projects/prototypes; participating
in industry groups such as Low
Emission Vehicles (LEV), Transport
Emissions Knowledge Hub
(TEKH); making submissions on
transport industry papers.
Workforce
Labour supply, recruitment and
retention, wellbeing, wage rates
in a COVID-19 context. Labour
supply risk is high and increasing.
Retention risk remains high,
especially in a NZ context given
the closed border and record low
unemployment rate.
Lack of labour supply impacts
ability to deliver to customers and
profitability. Impact on existing
crew wellbeing.
Staged process to raise wages to
thl Future-Fit wage.
protecting
the value
we create
Natural
capital
Intellectual
capital
Social and
relationship capital
Manufactured
capital
Human
capital
Financial
capital
Our focus in the coming financial year
will be not simply on risk, but also
opportunities for improvement across
the business. Below are the key short,
medium and long-term strategic risks
and ‘Front and Centre’ operational
risks as agreed by the RIC.
48thl Integrated Annual Report 202149
will continue to assess whether to
reduce fleet and return funds to
the group. Reducing the capital
exposure and operating losses
is balanced with the value of
retaining optionality to grow the
business back at an appropriate
pace once borders open. We
expect the New Zealand business
to reduce the funds employed
further in the FY22 year.
The New Zealand Rentals & Sales
business has generally contributed
over 50% of thl’s pre-pandemic
EBIT performance and as such it
is important for thl to retain the
ability to regrow the business as
the international market returns.
The most significant external
factor for the business’s FY22
performance will be the extent
of Trans-Tasman travel for the H2
summer season. Prior to the
suspension of Trans-Tasman travel,
the business was experiencing
positive forward booking
indications with up to 40% of
new bookings originating from
Australia.
The business will continue to
capitalise on the current sales
market by driving vehicle sales,
and has purchased new vehicles
that will be delivered during
FY22. Vehicle sales quantities
are expected to return closer
to historical norms due to
stock levels.
Future-Fit progress
A Future-Fit Benchmark workshop
was held with the New Zealand
Rentals lead team to prioritise
Future-Fit goals and to inform
Branch Action Plans and
improvement projects. Action
Plans for each branch are in
development. Goals reviewed
included: GHG emissions, waste,
water and renewable energy and
community and ecosystem health.
Planning work for the new
Auckland branch is under way
with a focus on Future-Fit Goals.
While the business saw some
activity originating from New
Zealand following the opening
of Trans-Tasman travel, more
generally the Australian business
does not stand to benefit as much
as the New Zealand business in an
open Trans-Tasman travel
environment, given the relative
size of the domestic populations.
A key factor for the business’s
performance in FY22 will be the
extent to which all domestic
borders are open for travel across
the financial year. While the peak
summer season will be important,
relative to New Zealand the
customer demand in Australia is
more consistent across the year.
Given the positive domestic activity
the business has experienced in
the second half of FY21, the
business will focus on retaining a
similar pricing approach. The
long-term benefit is expected to
improve low and shoulder seasons.
Future-Fit progress
Australian Rentals Future-Fit
Branch Action Plans have been
developed. Monthly sprints with
Branch Managers focussing on
energy, water, waste and emissions
have been completed, and our
community contribution sprint is
ongoing. Targets have been set
and improvement projects are
underway. In FY21, we extended
our Travel with Heart Responsible
Travel programme to Australia,
launched a Sustainable
Procurement pilot and started
reviewing options for renewable
energy at our branches.
The FY21 EBIT was a loss of $14.7M,
compared to $30.2M profit in the
pcp. The focus on vehicle sales
through the Great New Zealand
Motorhome Sale led to a vehicle
sales revenue result of $100.9M
from 1,255 vehicles sold, reflecting
in excess of 100% growth on the
pcp revenue of $45.9M.
The New Zealand business has
historically had over 90% of its
rentals customers come from
international markets. With a fleet
size at the start of the year of 2,532
and international borders closed,
the business was unable to
increase domestic business or
reduce costs to offset the loss of
international business.
Notwithstanding these challenges,
at an EBITDA level the business
did break-even and contributed
significant operating cash flow.
With the shift to focus on vehicle
sales, over the financial year the
business has reduced its fleet size
to 1,547 vehicles and reduced its
funds employed from $152M to
$100M. Margins on vehiclFe sales
continued to improve over the
year with the average margin in
FY21 exceeding the pcp by 49%.
There has been an intentional
focus on growing the domestic-
focused revenue streams,
including retail accessory sales
and servicing or repair work for
private customers. Across these
areas, the business achieved
revenue growth of over 50% and
on a combined basis these
business units now deliver over
$5M in revenue. The business has
been able to use the focus on
domestic revenue opportunities
to leverage underutilised branch
capacity and labour for these
growing sub-business units. Fixed
costs have been leveraged with
immaterial capital outlay for stock
and equipment.
The New Zealand business is
expected to continue to incur
losses whilst international borders
remain substantially closed. Under
these circumstances the business
The Australian business delivered a
positive EBIT result of AUD$0.2M.
Albeit small, the result is a
commendable achievement in the
operating environment that
included numerous lockdowns
across the financial year.
As mentioned in previous
guidance, there is confidence in
the ability of this business to be
profitable in a domestic-only
environment, provided there are
no domestic travel restrictions.
The business had a record EBIT
result compared to all previous
May months. Compared to the
New Zealand business, there is a
more favourable relativity
between fleet size to the domestic
population. Additionally, the
Australian market has many
distinct RV travel destinations,
supporting returning domestic
customers.
The Australian business also
delivered a record vehicle sales
year, with vehicle sales revenue up
on the pcp by 82% to AUD$28.9M.
Average sales margins across the
year increased by 26%. As with
vehicle sales in the other business
jurisdictions, over the long-term we
expect margins to return to the
historical norm as the business
starts to sell fleet purchased under
the current conditions with cost
inflation.
Across thl we have taken the
opportunity of a new demand
environment and no historical
trends to create a new model of
pricing, with a deep review of
customer elasticity.
During the second half of FY21, the
Australian business commenced
implementing these new strategies
and achieved total average yields
well in excess of previous norms.
Whilst pricing will always reflect
both demand and supply, the
lessons from these alternative
pricing strategies, based on
consumer elasticity by market and
booking time, provide a positive
outlook once interstate travel
restrictions are lifted.
Rental revenue (FY21)
$31.1M
$91.6M (FY20)
Rental revenue (FY21)
$32.2M
$54.7M (FY20)
(AUD)
EBITDA (FY21)
$3.7M
$52.6M (FY20)
EBITDA (FY21)
$13.8M
$24.6M (FY20)
EBIT (FY21)
-$14.7M
$30.2M (FY20)
EBIT (FY21)
$0.2M
$8.3M (FY20)
Vehicle sales revenue (FY21)
$100.9M
$45.9M (FY20)
Vehicle sales revenue (FY21)
$28.9M
$15.9M (FY20)
Rentals & Sales New Zealand
– A challenging market context
Rentals & Sales Australia
– A healthy domestic business
divisional reports
(NZD)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20215051
Following a strong domestic rental
demand environment in FY21, the
business experienced a reduction
in rental demand over the CY21
summer season relative to the last
season. The trend is partly due to
the re-opening of other leisure
activities within the US (a reversal
of some of the growth described in
the opening paragraph above) and
the opening of international
tourism from the US into a number
of other countries (whilst flows of
international tourists into the US
has not yet commenced). This
trend has meant that the rental
performance has been lower than
earlier expectations and the pcp.
Future-Fit progress
All Road Bear and El Monte RV
branches reviewed the impact of
their completed Year One Action
Plans. Updated Action Plans have
been put in place for all branches
with new targets for each focus
area: energy, water, waste,
emissions and community
contribution. High-impact priority
projects have been identified and
improvement projects are under
way. We continued to expand the
US Travel with Heart Responsible
Travel programme to promote and
encourage responsible RV travel,
water conservation and protecting
special places. We provided new
online content and in-store
information for customers,
and refresher training for
customer teams.
For FY22, Action is investing in all
of these factors. Numerous
initiatives are underway to ensure
the business is operating in an
efficient manner and maximising
utilisation of assets, including the
re-introduction of a nightshift
programme at the Hamilton
manufacturing site.
The refrigerated truck and trailer
body manufacturing segment of
the business, Fairfax Industries,
has also seen a positive recovery in
activity as businesses catch up on
capital expenditure that was
delayed in the midst of the
COVID-19 pandemic. The transport
market, which has been a unique
market that in some ways
benefited from the pandemic, is
expected to continue to grow,
supplemented by the increasing
demand for last-mile delivery
services. There are currently low
stock levels more broadly across
the sector, which is supporting a
strong forward book for the
business.
While Action, across all of its
segments, has been experiencing
supply chain challenges like many,
these are being managed well by
the Action team through good
stock management and
leveraging long-term relationships
with suppliers.
The outlook for this business is
positive from both a motorhome
and commercial perspective, as
the business continues to win new
work in the commercial space
while thl also ramps up its
Australasian fleet requirements for
the return of international tourism.
The business is also exploring
various growth acquisition
opportunities to supplement its
core commercial elements.
Future-Fit progress
While Action is at the start of their
Future-Fit journey, they have been
undertaking sustainability
initiatives for several years
including waste reduction,
recycling and exploring circular
economy models for their
products. The crew at Action
Manufacturing dedicate time each
day to consider how to support
Papatūānuku (the land: a powerful
Māori earth mother figure) by
making improvements to help the
environment.
The US business delivered an FY21
EBIT of USD$9.5M, exceeding its
FY20 EBIT by approximately
USD$2.5M. The US business
benefited from the ‘Year of the RV’
and capitalised on favourable
conditions as average yields in the
domestic rentals market exceeded
those in the international rentals
market, and there were generally
fewer inter and intra-state travel
restrictions compared with other
markets. Additionally, RVs were
seen as a safe form of contained
personal travel, aptly described by
one media outlet as a ‘COVID-free
cocoon’. The demand for outdoor
travel surged as other traditional
forms of tourism (such as airlines,
theme parks and cruises) were
closed or deemed too risky from a
COVID-19 infection risk perspective.
While vehicle sales revenue only
increased by 21% on the pcp, the
contribution of the vehicle sales
business to the overall profitability
far exceeded that due to the
strong margins on sale.
During the last quarter of the
financial year, the business
focused sales efforts on the retail
channel to maximise sales margins
while retaining an appropriate
sized rental fleet for the summer
season, given the increasing risks
of supply chain delays. This proved
to be successful, with average
sales margins in FY21 exceeding
the pcp by 73%. The strong vehicle
sales market has continued into
FY22 and we expect it to do so
for the remainder of CY21 at a
minimum. Similar to other
markets, we expect that sales
margins will return to a more
normal level at some point
in FY22 or FY23.
thl acquired the remaining 50%
interest in Action Manufacturing
(Action) effective from 1 March
2021. In this divisional review we
refer to Action’s FY21 and pcp
results on a 100% ownership basis,
and inclusive of intercompany
vehicle sales and revenue profits
that are eliminated at a group level
in the statutory accounts, to give
insight into the Action business’s
standalone performance. Refer
to the financial statements for
further detail on the financial
performance of Action from a thl
group perspective.
Action delivered an EBIT of $0.9M
in FY21, down $2.7M on the pcp.
Sales revenue was down 32% to
$43.7M, primarily due to the loss of
motorhome income as thl focused
on reducing fleet in New Zealand
and Australia. The profitable result
is a commendable achievement
and validates that Action’s
strategic diversification beyond
motorhome rentals over the last
several years was the right thing
to do.
The Action business has been
successfully focusing on growing
its non-motorhome business for
several years. Through its expert
design capabilities and agile
approach to business, Action has
won a number of tenders across
both public and private sectors in
the last 12 months. The public
sector work, primarily involving
vehicles for essential services,
is by its nature, less cyclical and
provides a natural counterbalance
to the motorhome side of the
business. Following the significant
restructuring at the Albany
(motorhome) branch in early
2020, the business has now
recommenced the RV
manufacturing lines in that branch
for the thl rentals divisions, as thl
starts to reinvest to replace some
of the high volumes of fleet sold
during the financial year.
To meet the demand from both
the motorhome and commercial
aspects of the business, Action has
been on a strong recruitment
drive, bringing on 58 new
employees in recent months.
At a simple level, growth of a
manufacturing business requires
an increase in labour hours, an
increase in machinery and/or an
increase in efficiency.
Rental revenue (FY21)
$38.4M
$49.5M (FY20)
Revenue (FY21)
$43.7M
$64.1M (FY20)
(NZD)
Results from
Action Manufacturing
on a 100% ownership basis
as a standalone entity
(USD)
EBITDA (FY21)
$17.6M
$19.9M (FY20)
EBIT (FY21)
$9.5M
$7.0M (FY20)
EBIT (FY21)
$0.9M
$3.6M (FY20)
Vehicle sales revenue (FY21)
$62.1M
$51.2M (FY20)
Rentals & Sales US
– The standout performer in FY21
Action Manufacturing
– Prepared for the next stage of growth
thl Integrated Annual Report 20215253
The New Zealand tourism division
had an EBIT loss of $0.6M, down
$4.6M on the pcp. Operating costs
were strongly managed in order to
mitigate the impact from an 82%
decline in revenue from $30.7M in
the pcp to $5.4M in FY21.
Discover Waitomo has remained
operational with the support of
funding from the Strategic Tourism
Asset Protection Programme
(STAPP) across FY21. In total, the
business has recognised
approximately $1.7M of grant
funding under the STAPP. This
funding directly went to
maintaining jobs in the business.
thl ultimately decided not to take
up the offer of a $2M loan.
The business has, in partnership
with the Department of
Conservation (DOC), successfully
operated the first Kaimahi for
Nature programme through the
Jobs for Nature Government
initiative, where thl’s crew work in
conservation in addition to their
primary tourism role with thl to top
up their hours to full-time. The full
Kaimahi for Nature story is detailed
in this report. Under the Kaimahi
for Nature programme, in CY21 the
business will pass through $500k
which will fund the wages of
crew whilst they are undertaking
conservation work. The programme
has recently been extended for
CY22.
Demand generation has been
driven hard over the year. New
initiatives and events including
Arts Month and a concert in the
Glowworm Caves have been
implemented by the team to give
New Zealanders a reason to come
to the region, even if they have
already seen the caves.
The business and community,
together with Government support,
pushed hard to bring economic
activity to the region and to
support the locality.
In a normal environment with
international tourism, the New
Zealand Tourism businesses deliver
strong cash returns and require
minimal capital investment.
Historically, the EBIT margin for the
businesses has sat between 25 to
30%, well in excess of thl’s other
business segments. Whilst the
current conditions have been
challenging, the business is
prepared for the recovery, with the
Waitomo Homestead Cabin
facilities having recently been
completed. The facilities are now
set up with new two-bed, four-bed
and family cabins, in addition to the
restaurant/bar and conference
facilities.
Similar to the New Zealand Rentals
business, given the reliance of
Discover Waitomo on international
tourism, it is expected that it will
continue to remain in a loss-making
position in a domestic-only
environment. Should the operating
environment remain unchanged
(i.e. no meaningful Trans-Tasman
travel), the business will likely have
a greater loss in FY22, given that it
no longer has funding under the
S TA PP.
There is confidence that this
business will ultimately return in a
positive manner and thl is focused
on ensuring it is a model for
regenerative tourism in New
Zealand and for the benefit of all
stakeholders. The EBIT margins
achievable in this business are
significant and we remain confident
the business will deliver strong
financial results in the future.
New Zealand Tourism
– Doing good things in the domestic environment
Revenue (FY21)
$5.4M
$30.7M (FY20)
EBIT (FY21)
-$0.6M
$3.9M (FY20)*
Kiwi Experience remained largely
hibernated across the financial year
but has recently started operating
a small number of group tours, as
that product is more suited to the
domestic environment. It is
expected the business will remain
in hibernation until there is greater
certainty around the return of
international tourism to New
Zealand.
Future-Fit progress
Discover Waitomo continues to be
deeply committed to sustainability
through their values of
Kaitiakitanga, Manaakitanga and
Whanaungatanga. As kaitiaki
(guardians) of a unique ‘cave and
karst’ landscape including
glowworms, our care is world-
leading and delivers on the
New Zealand responsible travel
Tiaki Promise by:
• Planting and fencing to exclude
livestock, enhancing the Waitomo
catchment and its awa (rivers)
• Partnering with DOC in pest
eradication, benefitting
biodiversity
• Helping manuhiri (visitors) reduce
their carbon footprint, by offering
souvenirs 'good for a lifetime'
• Eliminating single use plastics
and reducing waste generation
• Educating manuhiri on all of the
above and making their visit to
New Zealand safe and
memorable.
A Future-Fit Benchmark workshop
was held with the Discover Waitomo
lead team to prioritise Future-Fit
goals including: GHG emissions,
waste, water and renewable energy
and community and ecosystem
health. Planning for improvement
projects is under way.
(NZD)
Our RVs are not just
used by our customers,
we’re also proud to have
them used by charities
and community groups
such as the Graeme
Dingle Foundation.
" Thank you again for
thl’s continued
support of our
programmes and the
work you have done.
Our work would be
much more difficult
without it."
The Graeme Dingle
Foundation
*The FY20 result is inclusive of the $3.1M write-down of goodwill for Kiwi Experience
thl Integrated Annual Report 20215455
Results from Just go on a
49% ownership basis
Results from triptech on
a 60% ownership basis
exceeding expectations for the
first quarter of FY22.
The business was supported by
various Government COVID-19
related schemes which enabled
the retention of crew. The
business continues to have some
Government support in FY22,
however this comes to an end at
the start of October 2021.
Just go has been facing the same
supply chain uncertainties that
have been experienced globally.
Their Board is closely managing
the situation and leveraging
relationships with key supplier
partners. Positively, the CY21 fleet
has recently arrived in the UK.
Despite the recent opening of
various international destinations
to travellers from the UK, the
requirement for PCR testing (and
the associated costs), as well as
the uncertainty of potential
enforced isolation in a foreign
country, are expected to continue
to support the domestic rental
market in Q1 FY22.
With it appearing more likely that
the operating environment will
be impacted by COVID-19 for an
extended period, a further review
of costs was undertaken at
the back end of the FY21.
This resulted in a meaningful
reduction in operating costs
going forward. Positively, almost
all of triptech’s data and app
subscriptions have been renewed
through the key renewal period
in June and July 2021 and there is
a strong pipeline of opportunity
in both additional white labels of
the CamperMate app and the
app subscriptions, which will
support the growth of additional
recurring revenue.
In June 2021, the CEO Nick Baker
departed for a new role within
the industry. Matt Johnson,
previously the CFO, has now
stepped into an acting COO role,
reporting to the triptech Board.
thl’s share of Just go’s NPAT was
$759k, up by approximately $1.1M
from the loss in the pcp. The result
is a significant achievement
considering that during FY21, the
UK had 5.5 months of enforced
closure with no non-essential travel
permitted.
The Just go crew provided
significant support to the business
in challenging circumstances, not
only operating in a COVID-19
environment throughout the year
but also addressing the challenges
posed by Brexit on the normal
factory collection process from Italy.
Just go has experienced the
positive trend in vehicle sales
that has been seen in thl’s other
markets, with the number of
vehicles sold in the UK retail
channel exceeding the pcp by
over 300% and strong margins
maintained. This trend has
continued into the early part of
FY22. While the rentals aspect of
the business suffered in FY21 due
to the enforced closures, there
has been positive pent-up demand
in the second half of the CY21
summer, with the business already
The start of the financial year saw
Discovery Parks exit as a
shareholder of triptech, with their
shares being transferred to thl and
GTR Ventures (an entity associated
with Gerry Ryan of Jayco). This
increased thl’s total shareholding
to 60%.
As with all of thl’s businesses, the
demand profile for triptech’s
products has changed significantly
with borders being closed. The
business has been focused on
retaining its customer base, many
of whom have also been impacted
by the loss of international tourists.
The business equally has sought to
align its cost base to the changed
conditions.
Equity investments
triptech
7
Just go
As a result, the business made
some changes in structure,
reducing the overall team
responsible for Telematics, and
shifted management of the
product into the New Zealand and
Australian rentals businesses in
order to create greater alignment
between product development
and operations. This change is
expected to deliver benefits in
operational costs, business
efficiencies and enhanced
customer experience.
Each of the Mighway and
SHAREaCAMPER businesses
continue to operate in the New
Zealand market (SHAREaCAMPER
is also established in Australia).
Following the strategic review, the
businesses have implemented
actions to realise greater synergies
between the two operations.
While conditions remain
challenging with borders closed,
there are further growth
opportunities in the short-term
and it is expected that the P2P
market will recover with pace as
international demand returns.
In August 2021, Jo Hilson joined
the thl Executive team as Chief
Technology Officer. Jo will be
leading the integration of thl
digital and thl’s IT operations
teams and will have responsibility
for all business units under the thl
digital brand going forward.
The thl digital business unit
undertook a strategic review in
early CY21 to assess the various
future pathways for each of the
business units within the digital
portfolio. thl has since
implemented a number of the
actions and changes identified in
the review. The review positions
the business and thl’s digital
strategy into an Australasian focus
with greater alignment with thl’s
core RV rentals businesses, as was
intended following the managed
exit from Togo Group in March
2020.
The completion of Cosmos, our
new pricing, booking and fleet
management system, which was
rolled out to the New Zealand and
Australian rentals businesses was
a significant milestone for both thl
digital and the rentals businesses.
The new system is expected to
help drive higher utilisation
through more accurate fleet
management, a better customer
booking experience, stronger
pricing controls and flexibility to
continue development in a
bespoke manner that provides
competitive advantage to thl.
Scoping of the additional features
required to launch the system in
our US business is underway.
With a changing customer profile
while borders remained closed,
the business paused spend on
customer Wi-Fi plans and
undertook a review of current and
future customer needs, alongside
the aims of thl’s Telematics
product offering.
thl digital
– A leaner Australasian-focused division
7
Investment in Outdoria Pty Limited
(NZD)
(NZD)
NPAT (FY21)
NPAT (FY21)
-$1.2M
$759K
-$376K (FY20)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20215657
thl at a glance
Australia
Melbourne, Sydney, Brisbane, Cairns,
Darwin, Broome, Alice Springs, Perth,
Adelaide, Hobart
New Zealand
Auckland, Waitomo, Hamilton,
Wellington, Christchurch, Queenstown
Equity Investments
London, Edinburgh
Sydney
employeesemployeesemployees
~130~680~300
kilometres
travelled
kilometres
travelled
kilometres
travelled
Franchised operations in Japan and Southern Af rica
45 million131 million
43 million
fleet sizefleet sizefleet size
1,2081,5471,487
~53,000~185,000~78,000
Outdoria Group
Outdoria Group
customer
experiences
delivered
customer
experiences
delivered
customer
experiences
delivered
Note: Employee and fleet size numbers as of 30 June 2021
US
Los Angeles, San Francisco, San Bernadino,
Newport Beach, Van Nuys, Corona, Victorville,
Sacramento, Santa Cruz, San Diego, Las Vegas,
Reno, Seattle, Ferndale, Denver, Orlando,
Miami, New Jersey-New York, Dallas,
Salt Lake City, Baltimore
thl Integrated Annual Report 20215859
Climate change is
considered a high
strategic risk for thl and
we recognise that our
diesel and petrol RVs
create pollution and
contribute to climate
change. We manage this
risk through our Future
Fleet programme,
described in this report,
but we are still early on
our journey.
Being a Future-Fit business means we
are committed to managing,
minimising and ultimately eliminating
our Greenhouse Gas emissions (GHG).
COVID-19 had a profound impact on
our operational emissions in FY20 and
continued to impact our emissions in
FY21. In FY21, group-wide emissions
across all business units fell by 24%
from the pcp, with a total decrease of
41% against our updated baseline year
of FY19.
Given the ongoing impact of COVID-19,
customer journey emissions have
continued to be reported separately.
We have seen a 13% reduction in
customer journey emissions on FY20.
Our FY21 carbon footprint has been
independently verified by McHugh &
Shaw. It is considered consistent with
the mandatory requirements of ISO
14064-1:2018 with a 5% materiality
threshold, Limited Assurance.
• Scope 1 – Transport fuel used in our
company cars, fuel used at our sites
(LPG, natural gas, diesel) and
customer journeys which are in
Scope 1 but are reported separately.
• Scope 2 – Emissions associated with
purchased electricity.
• Scope 3 – Diesel used in leased Kiwi
Experience coaches and fuel used
by staff commuting to work; air and
taxi travel; waste sent to landfill;
motorhome maintenance materials
(replacement tyres, batteries and
water). Note: Operational carbon
footprint excludes customer journey
emissions.
Our FY22 carbon footprint will be
published in our next Integrated
Report with an overview of our
Climate and Carbon Strategy which
includes:
• Reporting on our climate risks and
opportunities aligned with TCFD
requirements;
• Our full GHG inventory (including
comprehensive Scope 3);
• The setting of a Science Based
Target aligned with 1.5
o
global
warming; and
• Decarbonisation pathways.
Our operational carbon
footprint includes:
Our footprint data for
FY19, FY20 and FY21 has
been restated as we now
have 100% ownership of
Action Manufacturing
and have moved to
carbon reporting
software with updated
carbon coefficients.
The decarbonisation pathways we set
will be based on robust carbon
scenarios developed for each country
of operation (New Zealand, Australia
and the US) and will respond to the
variation in: grid mixes; availability of
suitable technologies; and
Government and state-level policies.
The scope of these scenarios will
broaden over time.
FY21 carbon
footprint analysis
1770
New Zealand
1194
Australia
1711
US
43
Joint ventures
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY21*
(tonnes COe)
37%
36%
26%
1%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes COe)
171011941749
237315722634
37%
New Zealand
40%
35%
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6600
7924
26%
Australia
24%
25%
1%
Joint
ventures
0%
1%
36%
US
36%
39%
923
Total tonnes COe
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions by Scope FY21*
(tonnes COe)
Scope 1 = 20%
1272
Scope 2 = 27%
2500
Scope 3 = 53%
21
3909
22
496
202
9
37
Headquarters
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY21*
(tonnes COe)
83%
11%
4%
0.5%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY21*
(tonnes COe)
8%
13%
50%
25%
2128
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1277
Electricity
444
Waste
0
Taxi Use
61
Air Travel
786
Materials
1%
0%
*excluding customer journeys
11995
New Zealand
13001
Australia
28636
US
53632
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY21
(tonnes COe)
54%
24%
22%
1%
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
43
21
310819792793
44
24% decrease on FY20
despite the inclusion of
Action Manufacturing
13% decrease on FY20
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences
(NZ/AU/US)
Just go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
FY21
FY20
FY19
1770
New Zealand
1194
Australia
1711
US
43
Joint ventures
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY21*
(tonnes COe)
37%
36%
26%
1%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes COe)
171011941749
237315722634
37%
New Zealand
40%
35%
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6600
7924
26%
Australia
24%
25%
1%
Joint
ventures
0%
1%
36%
US
36%
39%
923
Total tonnes COe
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions by Scope FY21*
(tonnes COe)
Scope 1 = 20%
1272
Scope 2 = 27%
2500
Scope 3 = 53%
21
3909
22
496
202
9
37
Headquarters
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY21*
(tonnes COe)
83%
11%
4%
0.5%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY21*
(tonnes COe)
8%
13%
50%
25%
2128
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1277
Electricity
444
Waste
0
Taxi Use
61
Air Travel
786
Materials
1%
0%
*excluding customer journeys
11995
New Zealand
13001
Australia
28636
US
53632
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY21
(tonnes COe)
54%
24%
22%
1%
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
43
21
310819792793
44
24% decrease on FY20
despite the inclusion of
Action Manufacturing
13% decrease on FY20
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences
(NZ/AU/US)
Just go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
FY21
FY20
FY19
1770
New Zealand
1194
Australia
1711
US
43
Joint ventures
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY21*
(tonnes COe)
37%
36%
26%
1%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes COe)
171011941749
237315722634
37%
New Zealand
40%
35%
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6600
7924
26%
Australia
24%
25%
1%
Joint
ventures
0%
1%
36%
US
36%
39%
923
Total tonnes COe
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions by Scope FY21*
(tonnes COe)
Scope 1 = 20%
1272
Scope 2 = 27%
2500
Scope 3 = 53%
21
3909
22
496
202
9
37
Headquarters
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY21*
(tonnes COe)
83%
11%
4%
0.5%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY21*
(tonnes COe)
8%
13%
50%
25%
2128
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1277
Electricity
444
Waste
0
Taxi Use
61
Air Travel
786
Materials
1%
0%
*excluding customer journeys
11995
New Zealand
13001
Australia
28636
US
53632
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY21
(tonnes COe)
54%
24%
22%
1%
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
43
21
310819792793
44
24% decrease on FY20
despite the inclusion of
Action Manufacturing
13% decrease on FY20
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences
(NZ/AU/US)
Just go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
FY21
FY20
FY19
1770
New Zealand
1194
Australia
1711
US
43
Joint ventures
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY21*
(tonnes COe)
37%
36%
26%
1%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes COe)
171011941749
237315722634
37%
New Zealand
40%
35%
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6600
7924
26%
Australia
24%
25%
1%
Joint
ventures
0%
1%
36%
US
36%
39%
923
Total tonnes COe
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions by Scope FY21*
(tonnes COe)
Scope 1 = 20%
1272
Scope 2 = 27%
2500
Scope 3 = 53%
21
3909
22
496
202
9
37
Headquarters
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY21*
(tonnes COe)
83%
11%
4%
0.5%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY21*
(tonnes COe)
8%
13%
50%
25%
2128
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1277
Electricity
444
Waste
0
Taxi Use
61
Air Travel
786
Materials
1%
0%
*excluding customer journeys
11995
New Zealand
13001
Australia
28636
US
53632
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY21
(tonnes COe)
54%
24%
22%
1%
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
43
21
310819792793
44
24% decrease on FY20
despite the inclusion of
Action Manufacturing
13% decrease on FY20
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences
(NZ/AU/US)
Just go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
FY21
FY20
FY19
1770
New Zealand
1194
Australia
1711
US
43
Joint ventures
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY21*
(tonnes COe)
37%
36%
26%
1%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes COe)
171011941749
237315722634
37%
New Zealand
40%
35%
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6600
7924
26%
Australia
24%
25%
1%
Joint
ventures
0%
1%
36%
US
36%
39%
923
Total tonnes COe
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions by Scope FY21*
(tonnes COe)
Scope 1 = 20%
1272
Scope 2 = 27%
2500
Scope 3 = 53%
21
3909
22
496
202
9
37
Headquarters
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY21*
(tonnes COe)
83%
11%
4%
0.5%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY21*
(tonnes COe)
8%
13%
50%
25%
2128
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1277
Electricity
444
Waste
0
Taxi Use
61
Air Travel
786
Materials
1%
0%
*excluding customer journeys
11995
New Zealand
13001
Australia
28636
US
53632
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY21
(tonnes COe)
54%
24%
22%
1%
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
43
21
310819792793
44
24% decrease on FY20
despite the inclusion of
Action Manufacturing
13% decrease on FY20
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences
(NZ/AU/US)
Just go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
FY21
FY20
FY19
1770
New Zealand
1194
Australia
1711
US
43
Joint ventures
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY21*
(tonnes COe)
37%
36%
26%
1%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes COe)
171011941749
237315722634
37%
New Zealand
40%
35%
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6600
7924
26%
Australia
24%
25%
1%
Joint
ventures
0%
1%
36%
US
36%
39%
923
Total tonnes COe
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions by Scope FY21*
(tonnes COe)
Scope 1 = 20%
1272
Scope 2 = 27%
2500
Scope 3 = 53%
21
3909
22
496
202
9
37
Headquarters
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY21*
(tonnes COe)
83%
11%
4%
0.5%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY21*
(tonnes COe)
8%
13%
50%
25%
2128
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1277
Electricity
444
Waste
0
Taxi Use
61
Air Travel
786
Materials
1%
0%
*excluding customer journeys
11995
New Zealand
13001
Australia
28636
US
53632
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY21
(tonnes COe)
54%
24%
22%
1%
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
43
21
310819792793
44
24% decrease on FY20
despite the inclusion of
Action Manufacturing
13% decrease on FY20
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences
(NZ/AU/US)
Just go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
FY21
FY20
FY19
1770
New Zealand
1194
Australia
1711
US
43
Joint ventures
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY21*
(tonnes COe)
37%
36%
26%
1%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes COe)
171011941749
237315722634
37%
New Zealand
40%
35%
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6600
7924
26%
Australia
24%
25%
1%
Joint
ventures
0%
1%
36%
US
36%
39%
923
Total tonnes COe
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions by Scope FY21*
(tonnes COe)
Scope 1 = 20%
1272
Scope 2 = 27%
2500
Scope 3 = 53%
21
3909
22
496
202
9
37
Headquarters
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY21*
(tonnes COe)
83%
11%
4%
0.5%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY21*
(tonnes COe)
8%
13%
50%
25%
2128
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1277
Electricity
444
Waste
0
Taxi Use
61
Air Travel
786
Materials
1%
0%
*excluding customer journeys
11995
New Zealand
13001
Australia
28636
US
53632
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY21
(tonnes COe)
54%
24%
22%
1%
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
43
21
310819792793
44
24% decrease on FY20
despite the inclusion of
Action Manufacturing
13% decrease on FY20
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences
(NZ/AU/US)
Just go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
FY21
FY20
FY19
1770
New Zealand
1194
Australia
1711
US
43
Joint ventures
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY21*
(tonnes COe)
37%
36%
26%
1%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes COe)
171011941749
237315722634
37%
New Zealand
40%
35%
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6600
7924
26%
Australia
24%
25%
1%
Joint
ventures
0%
1%
36%
US
36%
39%
923
Total tonnes COe
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions by Scope FY21*
(tonnes COe)
Scope 1 = 20%
1272
Scope 2 = 27%
2500
Scope 3 = 53%
21
3909
22
496
202
9
37
Headquarters
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY21*
(tonnes COe)
83%
11%
4%
0.5%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY21*
(tonnes COe)
8%
13%
50%
25%
2128
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1277
Electricity
444
Waste
0
Taxi Use
61
Air Travel
786
Materials
1%
0%
*excluding customer journeys
11995
New Zealand
13001
Australia
28636
US
53632
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY21
(tonnes COe)
54%
24%
22%
1%
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
*excluding customer journeys
43
21
310819792793
44
24% decrease on FY20
despite the inclusion of
Action Manufacturing
13% decrease on FY20
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences
(NZ/AU/US)
Just go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4696
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
FY21
FY20
FY19
NOTE: JV figures include thl digital as per previous years. From FY22 this will be
captured in New Zealand.
thl Integrated Annual Report 20216061
Break-Even Goals that every
business must strive to reach
Properties of a Future-Fit SocietyAlignment with the Sustainable Development Goals
Future-Fit and the UN Sustainable
Development Goals
BE01: Energy is from renewable sources
BE02: Water use is environmentally responsible and
socially equitable
BE03: Natural resources are managed to respect the welfare
of ecosystems, people and animals
BE05: Operational emissions do not harm people or
the environment
BE18: Products emit no greenhouse gases
BE17: Products do not harm people or the environment
BE07: Operational waste is eliminated
BE19: Products can be repurposed
BE08: Operations do not encroach on ecosystems
or communities
BE09: Community health is safeguarded
BE12: Employees are subject to fair employment terms
BE13: Employees are not subject to discrimination
BE14: Employee concerns are actively solicited, impartially
judged and transparently addressed
BE15: Product communications are honest, ethical, and
promote responsible use
BE16: Product concerns are actively solicited, impartially
judged and transparently addressed
B
E04: Procurement safeguards the pursuit of future-fitness
BE23: Financial assets safeguard the pursuit of future-fitness
BE22: Lobbying and advocacy safeguard the pursuit of
future-fitness
BE21: The right tax is paid in the right place at the right time
BE20: Business is conducted ethically
Energy is renewable and available to all
Water is responsibly sourced and
available to all
Natural resources are managed to safeguard
ecosystems, communities and animals
The environment is free from pollution
Waste does not exist
Our physical presence protects the
health of ecosystems and communities
People have the capacity and
opportunity to lead fulfilling lives
Social norms, global governance and
economic growth drive the pursuit of
future-fitness
thl Integrated Annual Report 20216263
6465thl Integrated Annual Report 2021
thl seeks to ensure the market has
the information it needs, in a form
that is useful for investors, creditors,
insurers and other users of annual
reports, to allocate investments
in a way that contributes to a low-
emissions, climate-resilient economy.
In order to do this, thl will voluntarily
disclose climate-related financial risks
and opportunities, in alignment with
TCFD recommendations in the FY22
Integrated Report.
The Directors of Tourism Holdings Limited (thl) are pleased
to present to shareholders, the Annual Financial Statements
for thl and its controlled entities (together the ‘Group’) for the
year to 30 June 2021.
The Directors are responsible for presenting financial
statements in accordance with New Zealand law and
generally accepted accounting practice, which present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as
at 30 June 2021 and the results of the Group’s operations and
cash flows for the year ended on that date.
The Directors consider the financial statements of the Group
have been prepared using accounting policies which have
been consistently applied and supported by reasonable
judgements and estimates and that all relevant financial
reporting and accounting standards have been followed.
The Directors believe that proper accounting records have
been kept which enable, with reasonable accuracy, the
determination of the financial position of the Group and
facilitate compliance of the financial statements with the
Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.
The Directors consider that they have taken adequate steps
to safeguard the assets of the Group, and to prevent and
detect f raud and other irregularities.
Internal control procedures are also considered to be sufficient
to provide a reasonable assurance as to the integrity and
reliability of the financial statements.
This document constitutes the 2021 Annual Report
to Shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited.
This Annual Report is signed on behalf of the Board by:
Rob Campbell Rob Hamilton
Chair
25 August 2021
Directors’
statement
Chair of the Audit Committee
65 Directors’ statement
66 Consolidated income
statement
67 Consolidated statement
of comprehensive income
68 Consolidated statement
of changes in equity
69 Consolidated statement
of financial position
70 Consolidated statement
of cash flows
71 Notes to the consolidated
financial statements
122 Independent auditor’s report
129 Corporate governance
146 Board of Directors
147 Corporate information
financial
statements
NOTES
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Sales of services
2130,033257,437
Sales of goods
2229,140 143,493
Total revenue
359,173400,930
Cost of sales
2 (186,033)(125,502)
Gross profit
173,140275,428
Administration expenses
4, 5
(37,861)(44,212)
Operating expenses
4, 5(150,000)(185,685)
Other income
36,4603,080
Operating (loss)/profit before financing costs*
(8,261)48,611
Finance income
641427
Finance expenses
7(10,888)(13,369)
Net finance costs
(10,847)(12,942)
Share of profit/(loss) from associates
20718(376)
Share of profit/(loss) from joint ventures
1918(9,151)
(Loss)/profit before tax
(18,372)26,142
Income tax benefit
83,8581,214
(Loss)/profit for the year
(14,514)27,356
(Loss)/profit is attributable to:
Non-controlling interests
20(839)-
Equity Holders of the parent
(13,675)27,356
(Loss)/profit for the year
(14,514)27,356
(Loss)/earnings per share from profit for the year attributable to the
equity holders of the company
9
Basic (loss)/earnings per share (in cents)
(9.2)18.6
Diluted(loss)/earnings per share (in cents)
(9.1)18.6
* The consolidated income statement includes one non-GAAP measure (that is, operating profit before financing costs or “EBIT”) which is not a
defined term in New Zealand International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS). The Directors and management believe that this non-GAAP
financial measure provides useful information to assist readers in understanding the Group’s financial performance. This measure should not
be viewed in isolation and is intended to supplement the NZ GAAP measures and therefore may not be comparable to similarly titled amounts
reported by other companies
NOTES
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
(Loss)/profit for the year
(14,514)27,356
Other comprehensive losses
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation reserve movement (net of tax)
24(8,929)(2,624)
Cash flow hedge reserve movement (net of tax)
323,078(2,212)
Other comprehensive losses for the year net of tax
(5,851)(4,836)
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year attributable to equity
holders of the Company
(20,365)22,520
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year is attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company
(19,526)22,520
Non-controlling interests
(839)-
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
(20,365)22,520
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
thl Integrated Annual Report 20216667
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 30 June 2021
NOTES
SHARE
CAPITAL
$000’S
RETAINED
EARNINGS
$000’S
CASH FLOW
HEDGE
RESERVE
$000’S
OTHER
RESERVES
$000’S
NON-
CONTROLLING
INTERESTS
$000’S
TOTAL
EQUITY
$000’S
Opening balance as at 1 July 2020
269,98855,815(6,695)5,991–325,099
Comprehensive income
Net loss for the year
23–(13,675)––(839)(14,514)
Other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedge reserve movement (net of tax)
32––3,078––3,078
Foreign currency translation reserve movement
(net of tax)
24
–––(8,929)–(8,929)
Total comprehensive (loss)/income
–(13,675)3,078(8,929)(839)(20,365)
Transactions with owners
Issue of ordinary shares (net of issue costs)
227,773––––7,773
Acquisition of non-controlling interests
20––––(2,020)(2,020)
Transfer f rom employee share scheme reserve
2431173–(204)––
Employee share scheme reserve
24–––2,112–2,112
Total transactions with owners
7,804173–1,908(2,020)7,865
Closing balance as at 30 June 2021
277,79242,313(3,617)(1,030)(2,859)312,599
For the year ended 30 June 2020
NOTES
SHARE
CAPITAL
$000’s
RETAINED
EARNINGS
$000’s
CASH FLOW
HEDGE
RESERVE
$000’s
OTHER
RESERVES
$000’s
TOTAL
EQUITY
$000’s
Opening balance as at 1 July 2019
217,01256,176(4,483)8,312277,017
Adjustment on adoption of NZ IFRS 16 (net of tax)
–(7,150)––(7,150)
Comprehensive income
Net profit for the year
23–27,356––27,356
Other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedge reserve movement (net of tax)
32––(2,212)–(2,212)
Transfer foreign currency gain to income statement in
relation to Togo transaction
24–––(9,066)(9,066)
Foreign currency translation reserve movement (net of tax)
24–––6,4426,442
Total comprehensive income
–27,356(2,212)(2,624)22,520
Transactions with owners
Dividends on ordinary shares
10–(20,567)––(20,567)
Issue of ordinary shares (net of issue costs)
2252,904–––52,904
Transfer f rom employee share scheme reserve
2472––(72)–
Employee share scheme reserve
24–––375375
Total transactions with owners
52,976(20,567)–30332,712
Closing balance as at 30 June 2020
269,98855,815(6,695)5,991325,099
NOTES
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
12273,072359,717
Intangible assets
1751,12150,267
Financial asset recognised at fair value through the income statement
29, 3120,83521,382
Investment in joint ventures
19–10,224
Investment in associates
204,9364,044
Advance to joint venture
–125
Right-of-use assets
1362,33969,562
Deferred tax assets
369571,656
Total non-current assets
413,260516,977
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
38,08735,514
Trade and other receivables
2728,68128,930
Inventories
1657,45568,487
Advance to joint venture
–530
Current tax receivables
5813,108
Derivative financial instruments
31–6
Total current assets
124,804136,575
Total assets
538,064653,552
Equity
Share capital
22277,792269,988
Retained earnings
2342,31355,815
Cash flow hedge reserve
32(3,617)(6,695)
Other reserves
24(1,030)5,991
Non-controlling interests
(2,859)–
Total equity
312,599325,099
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
2586,659163,322
Derivative financial instruments
315,1249,193
Deferred income tax liability
369,98911,886
Lease liabilities
1364,47974,567
Total non-current liabilities
166,251258,968
Current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
25125–
Trade and other payables
2825,26337,001
Revenue in advance
13,08712,192
Employee benefits
8,0177,214
Provisions
413–
Derivative financial instruments
31148110
Current tax liabilities
3,3745,664
Lease liabilities
138,7877,304
Total current liabilities
59,21469,485
Total liabilities
225,465328,453
Total equity and liabilities
538,064653,552
For and on behalf of the Board who authorised the issue of the consolidated financial statements on 25 August 2021.
R J Campbell R D Hamilton
Chair of the Board Chair of the Audit Committee
25 August 2021 25 August 2021
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Consolidated statement of financial position
As at 30 June 2021
thl Integrated Annual Report 20216869
NOTES
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts f rom customers
150,534248,752
Proceeds f rom sale of goods
222,265143,493
Proceeds f rom insurance recoveries
371,826–
Interest received
41212
Dividend received
869–
Payments to suppliers and employees
(159,783)(193,510)
Purchase of rental assets
(119,922)(108,790)
Interest paid
(10,878)(13,584)
Taxation received/(paid)
2,024(7,484)
Net cash flows from operating activities
3586,97669,089
Cash flows from investing activities
Sale of property, plant & equipment
110126
Purchase of property, plant & equipment
(1,199)(4,125)
Advance to joint ventures
–(11,945)
Receipt f rom joint ventures
3531,000
Purchase of intangibles
(4,113)(432)
Net cash paid as part of the step acquisition of Outdoria
(374)–
Net cash received as part of the step acquisition of AMLP
194,631–
Net cash flows used in investing activities
(592)(15,376)
Cash flows from financing activities
Payment for lease liability principal
13(7,732)(6,442)
Proceeds f rom borrowings
2561,853101,150
Repayments of borrowings
25(136,420)(153,938)
Dividends paid
10–(17,373)
Proceeds f rom share issue
2230449,280
Net cash flows used in financing activities
(81,995)(27,323)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
4,38926,390
Opening cash and cash equivalents
35,5148,837
Exchange (losses)/gains on cash and cash equivalents
(1,816)287
Closing cash and cash equivalents
38,08735,514
Index
About this report 72
Section A – Financial performance 73
1 Segment note 73
2 Revenue 76
3 Other operating income, net 78
4 Profit before tax includes the following specific expenses 78
5 Employee benefits expense 79
6 Finance income 79
7 Finance expenses 79
8 Income tax 79
9 Earnings per share 81
10 Dividends 81
11 Imputation credits 81
Section B – Assets used to generate profit 82
12 Property, plant and equipment 82
13 Leases 84
14 Capital commitments 86
15 Operating leases 86
16 Inventories 86
17 Intangible assets 87
Section C – Investments 90
18 Togo exit transaction 91
19 Acquisition of Action Manufacturing LP (AMLP) 92
20 Investments in associate 95
21 Subsidiaries 96
Section D – Managing funding 97
22 Share capital 97
23 Retained earnings 98
24 Other reserves 98
25 Borrowings 99
26 Other commitments 100
27 Trade and other receivables 101
28 Trade and other payables 102
29 Financial instruments 102
Section E – Managing risk 104
30 Financial risk management 104
31 Derivative financial instruments 108
32 Cash flow hedge reserve 110
Section F – Other 111
33 Related party transactions 111
34 Share-based payments 113
35 Reconciliation of (loss)/profit after taxation with cash flows
from operating activities for the year ended 30 June 2021 118
36 Deferred income tax 120
37 Fire in Mangere, Auckland 120
38 Changes in accounting policies and disclosures 121
39 Contingencies 121
40 Events after the reporting period 121
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
thl Integrated Annual Report 20217071
Notes to the consolidated financial statementsConsolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 2021
About this report
Basis of preparation
The primary operations of Tourism Holdings Limited (the
‘Company’ or ‘Parent’ or ‘thl ’) and its subsidiaries (together the
‘Group’) are the manufacture, rental and sale of motorhomes
and other tourism related activities. The Parent is domiciled in
New Zealand. The registered office is Level 1, 83 Beach Road,
Auckland 1010, New Zealand. Tourism Holdings Limited is a
company registered under the Companies Act 1993 and is an
FMC reporting entity under Part 7 of the Financial Markets
Conduct Act 2013.
The consolidated financial statements (financial statements)
of the Group have been prepared:
• in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
(GAAP), and comply with New Zealand equivalents to
International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS)
and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS),
as applicable for a “for profit” entity;
• in accordance with the requirements of Part 7 of the
Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 and the NZX Main
Board Listing Rules;
• under the historical cost convention, as modified by the
revaluation of certain assets and liabilities as identified
in specific accounting policies; and
• in New Zealand dollars with values rounded to thousands
($000’s) unless otherwise stated.
These financial statements have been prepared on a going
concern basis (refer to Note 25).
Throughout this document, accounting policies and critical
accounting estimates are identified using the following key:
Key:
= Accounting policy
= Critical accounting estimate
Summary of significant accounting policies
a) Consolidation
The Group consolidates its subsidiaries, as these are the
entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls
an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to,
variable returns f rom its involvement with the entity and has
the ability to affect those returns through its power over the
entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated f rom the date on
which control is transferred to the Group. They are
deconsolidated f rom the date that control ceases.
Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains
on transactions between Group companies are eliminated.
Unrealised losses are also eliminated but considered an
impairment indicator of the asset transferred. Accounting
policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary
to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
Information on the Group’s subsidiaries can be found in
note 21.
b) Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the
Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the
primary economic environment in which the entity operates
(‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial
statements are presented in New Zealand dollars, rounded
to the nearest thousand, which is the Company’s functional
and presentation currency.
Translation into presentation currency
The results and financial position of all the Group entities
(none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary
economy) that have a functional currency different f rom the
presentation currency are translated into the presentation
currency as follows:
(i) Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial
position (‘balance sheet’) presented are translated
at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;
(ii) Income and expenses for each income statement are
translated at the average monthly exchange rates; and
(iii) All resulting exchange differences are recognised
as a separate component of equity.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition
of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the
foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.
Transactions and balances in the functional currency
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the
functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at
the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and
losses resulting f rom the settlement of such transactions and
f rom the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are
recognised in the income statement, except when deferred
in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges.
At the end of each reporting period:
(a) Foreign currency monetary items are translated using
the closing rate;
(b) Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of
historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using
the exchange rate at the date of the transaction; and
(c) Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in
a foreign currency are translated using the exchange
rates at the date when the fair value was measured.
Section A – Financial performance
In this section
This section explains the financial performance of thl, providing additional information about individual items in the income
statement, including segmental information, certain expenses and dividend distribution information.
1. Segment note
The operating segments of thl are reported f rom a geographic and service type perspective. They are made up of the following
business operations:
• New Zealand Rentals – Rental of maui, Britz and Mighty motorhomes, and the sale of motorhomes;
• Action Manufacturing – Manufacturer and the sale of motorhomes and other speciality vehicles;
• Tourism Group – Kiwi Experience and the Discover Waitomo Caves Group experiences;
• Australia Rentals – Rental of maui, Britz and Mighty motorhomes and 4WD vehicles, and the sale of motorhomes;
• United States Rentals – Rental and sale of Road Bear, Britz, Mighty and El Monte RVs;
• Other – includes Group Support Services, group elimination entries and thl digital. thl digital includes Mighway,
SHAREaCAMPER, Cosmos and Outdoria. The joint venture Action Manufacturing (equity accounted for up to 28 February
2021) and associate Just go are also included in this category.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20217273
1. Segment note (continued)
NEW ZEALAND
2021
RENTALS
$000’s
ACTION MANU-
FACTURING
$000’s
TOURISM
GROUP
$000’s
AUSTRALIA
RENTALS
$000’s
UNITED STATES
RENTALS
$000’s
OTHER
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Sales of services
31,057–5,42134,51856,0692,968130,033
Sales of goods
100,91616,379–31,02190,978(10,154)229,140
Total Revenue
131,97316,3795,42165,539147,047(7,186)359,173
Depreciation
(18,409)(676)(1,586)(14,523)(11,535)(801)(47,530)
Asset impairment
––(46)–––(46)
Amortisation
(12)(1)(666)(36)(106)(346)(1,167)
Other costs
(128,234)(15,156)(3,764)(50,780)(120,825)68 (318,691)
Operating profit/(loss) before
interest and tax
(14,682)546(641)20014,581(8,265)(8,261)
Interest income
–––113941
Interest expense
(716)(84)(77)(1,490)(3,155)(5,366)(10,888)
Share of profit from joint venture
and associates–––––736736
Operating profit/(loss) before tax
(15,398)462(718)(1,289)11,427(12,856)(18,372)
Taxation
4,272(90)49396(2,286)1,5173,858
Operating profit/(loss) – after
interest and tax(11,126)372(669)(893)9,141(11,339)(14,514)
Capital expenditure
9,4775,9711417,73571,881(853)104,225
Non-current assets
92,51213,13018,99382,712166,32539,588413,260
Total assets
131,40633,40120,163115,177199,19638,721538,064
Net funds employed
100,07119,65117,30055,574122,61446,087361,297
1. Segment note (continued)
NEW ZEALAND
2020
RENTALS
$000’s
ACTION MANU-
FACTURING
$000’s
TOURISM
GROUP
$000’s
AUSTRALIA
RENTALS
$000’s
UNITED STATES
RENTALS
$000’s
OTHER
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Sales of services
91,580–30,71057,60177,52620257,437
Sales of goods
45,934––16,79280,767–143,493
Total Revenue
137,514–30,71074,393158,29320400,930
Depreciation
(22,359)–(1,604)(17,144)(20,293)(573)(61,973)
Asset impairment
––(3,256)–––(3,256)
Amortisation
(9)–(677)(40)(35)(399)(1,160)
Other costs
(84,908)–(21,256)(48,566)(127,072)(4,128)(285,930)
Operating profit/(loss) before
interest and tax
30,238–3,9178,64310,893(5,080)48,611
Interest income
1–––5421427
Interest expense
(1,006)–(84)(1,434)(5,361)(5,484)(13,369)
Share of loss f rom joint ventures
and associates–––––(9,527)(9,527)
Operating profit/(loss) before tax
29,233–3,8337,2095,537(19,670)26,142
Taxation
(8,254)–(1,805)(2,004)(420)13,6971,214
Operating profit/(loss) – after
interest and tax20,979–2,0285,2055,117(5,973)27,356
Capital expenditure
52,779–1,55220,34636,3281,563112,568
Non-current assets
164,978–21,53799,802180,76949,891516,977
Total assets
213,585–22,743116,647235,47265,105653,552
Net funds employed
152,382–16,87468,734143,75971,160452,909
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating
decision-maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating
segments, has been identified as the executive management team together with the Board of Directors, who together make
strategic decisions.
Operating profit/(loss) before interest and tax is the main financial measure used by the CODM to review the Group’s
performance.
Inter-segment transactions such as Group Support Services recharges are entered into under normal commercial terms
and conditions that would also be available to unrelated third parties. All revenue is reported to the executive team on a basis
consistent with that used in the income statement. Segment assets and liabilities are measured in the same way as in the
financial statements. These assets and liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment, and the physical location
for assets.
Segment assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, inventories, receivables and operating
cash. The investments and derivatives designated as hedges of borrowings are allocated to ‘Other segment’. Net funds
employed are non-GAAP measures that are not defined in NZ IFRS. The Directors and management believe that these
non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to assist readers in understanding the Group’s financial performance.
These measures should not be viewed in isolation and are intended to supplement the NZ GAAP measures and therefore may
not be comparable to similarly titled amounts reported by other companies. The net funds employed are segment total assets
less segment non-interest-bearing liabilities and cash on hand. The lease liability as a result of NZ IFRS 16 is not considered to be
part of funds employed.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20217475
2. Revenue
NZ IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’
The revenue earned by the Group is derived f rom the satisfaction of one or more performance obligations, which are
satisfied at or over a similar period.
(i) Sales of services
Sales of services comprises rental income and service revenue.
Rental income
Rental income is recognised in the accounting period in which the services are rendered, by reference to completion
of the specific transaction. Where the rental covers a period of more than one day, revenue is recognised on a
straight-line basis based on the number of days of the booking that have occurred by year end as a proportion of
the total number of days in the booking. The portion of the revenue that occurs after year end is shown as Revenue
in Advance on the statement of financial position.
Service revenue
Service revenue comprises various performance obligations (rental add-ons such as accessories and customer liability
reduction) in which satisfaction in most cases occurs evenly over the rental period and is recognised accordingly.
The Group recognises this revenue over time, as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits
provided by the entity’s performance.
Sales f rom tourism services are recognised when the service is rendered to the customer and are recognised in the
accounting period in which the performance obligation is satisfied, being when the customer obtains the benefit
from the service. It relates to the satisfaction of a number of performance obligations at a point in time; the contract
price that is determined for any single performance obligation is based with reference to the stand alone price and no
significant financing components exist, as the transaction is settled within 12 months from the transaction date. There
are no costs to obtain or fulfil the contract.
The Group prices its services on a fixed basis and the pricing is fixed and determinable when the duly executed
arrangement is finalised. It has also been determined that there are no significant financing components as part of the
Group’s sale of services arrangements.
Revenue f rom these sales is recognised net of the estimated discounts or other promotions. Accumulated experience
is used to estimate and provide for the discounts, using the expected value method, and revenue is only recognised to
the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur.
The Group recognises the contract liability which represents the Group’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a
customer for which the Group has received consideration f rom the customer. It relates to the payments and deposits
from the customers and are disclosed as Revenue in Advance in the consolidated statement of financial position.
The average timing of satisfaction of performance obligations in relation to the payment of the contract liability is
between 1-6 months.
(ii) Sales of goods
The Group sells a range of motorhomes, accessories and other merchandise. Sales are recognised when control of
the goods has transferred, being when the goods are handed over to the customer and the customer has the ability
to direct the use of the goods. It relates to the satisfaction of a single performance obligation at a point in time;
the contract price is determined and no significant financing components exist as the transaction is settled within
12 months from the transaction date and no costs to obtain or fulfil the contract.
2. Revenue (continued)
Sales of services
Sales of services includes revenue f rom rental of motorhomes, Wi-Fi, accessories and additional services relating to the rental
of motorhomes, the sale of tourism experiences (for Kiwi Experience and Waitomo) and app subscriptions income (thl digital).
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Rental revenue
95,840180,797
Service revenue
34,19376,640
Total sales of services
130,033257,437
The expected minimum lease payments to be received on lease of motorhomes, based on the booked rentals as of balance
date, are as follows:
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Within one year
2,8494,118
Within one to two years
6–
Total
2,8554,118
Sales of goods
• Cost of goods includes the net book value of ex-rental fleet sold and the purchase price of new vehicles, trade-ins and
retail goods sold.
• Vehicle selling expenses consists primarily of amounts paid by thl to third party warranty providers, and costs incurred
under warranty claims.
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Sales of goods
229,140143,493
Cost of goods
(184,173)(124,302)
Vehicle selling expenses
(1,860)(1,200)
Cost of sales
(186,033)(125,502)
Gross profit
43,10717,991
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20217677
3. Other operating income, net
NOTES
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Net loss on disposals of non-fleet assets
(824)(110)
Write-off of fleet items
(1,883)–
Proceeds f rom insurance recovery
373,112–
Gain on exiting Mangere branch lease
1,621–
US Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loan forgiveness
1,457–
Loss on acquisition of remaining shareholding in AMLP
19(1,406)–
Fair value movements on financial assets recognised at fair value through profit or loss
1,178–
Loss on Togo exit transaction
18–(8,383)
Foreign currency translation gain on Togo exit transaction
18–9,066
Other income*
3,2052,507
Other operating income
6,4603,080
* Included within other income is $1.7M of Strategic Tourism Asset Protection Programme funding received f rom NZ government, $0.3M rent relief
received as a result of COVID-19 and dividend income f rom the Togo Class B preference shares (note 18).
4. Profit before tax includes the following specific expenses
NOTES
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Donations
–38
Depreciation
12, 1347,53061,973
Impairment of goodwill
17–3,126
Amortisation of intangible assets
171,1671,160
Rental and operating lease costs
1,6121,941
Raw materials and consumables
1,1411,285
Repairs and maintenance including damage repairs
21,88724,169
Internal audit fees
28185
Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)
156(260)
Audit fees – PricewaterhouseCoopers
Audit of financial statements
i
566564
Other fees – PricewaterhouseCoopers New Zealand
Treasury services
ii
1020
Agreed upon procedures
iii
7730
Total fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers New Zealand
653614
Notes on fees paid to auditor:
i. The fee includes the fees for the annual audit of the consolidated financial statements of thl.
ii. Treasury services in 2020 and 2021 are in relation to financial markets risk analysis and commentary.
iii. Agreed upon procedures in 2021 are in relation to the Waitomo lease compliance for FY20, the interim financial statements,
quarterly banking compliance certificate, holiday pay calculation remediation and COVID-19 payroll changes assessment.
Agreed upon procedures in 2020 were in relation to Waitomo lease compliance for FY19, the interim financial statements
and proxy vote scrutineering in the annual meeting.
5. Employee benefits expense
Employee entitlements to salaries and wages and annual leave to be settled within 12 months of the reporting
date represent present obligations resulting f rom employees’ services provided up to the reporting date. These are
calculated at undiscounted amounts based on remuneration rates that the Group expects to pay.
NOTES
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Wages and salaries*
61,97371,318
Share-based payment costs
342,112375
Other employee benefits
1,8052,005
Total employee remuneration
65,89073,698
* Wages and salaries include net benefits received and passed on to employees in relation to NZ COVID-19 Wage Subsidy of
$1,588k (June 2020: $3,979k) and Australian Jobkeeper scheme of $2,785k (June 2020: $1,367k)
6. Finance income
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Interest income
41427
Total finance income
41427
7. Finance expenses
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Interest on bank borrowings
7,4689,424
Interest on finance leases
3,4203,945
Total finance expenses
10,88813,369
8. Income tax
The Group is subject to income taxes in multiple jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining
the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax
determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax
audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters
is different f rom the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax
provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20217879
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
8. Income tax (continued)
Current and deferred income tax
Income tax expenses comprises current tax and deferred tax.
Current tax is the amount of income tax payable based on the taxable profit for the current year, plus any adjustments
to income tax payable in respect of prior years. Current tax is calculated using rates that have been enacted or
substantially enacted by balance date.
Deferred tax is the amount of income tax payable or recoverable in future periods in respect of temporary differences
and unused tax losses. Temporary differences are differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in
the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised
to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available, against which the deductible temporary
differences or tax losses can be utilised.
Deferred tax is not recognised if the temporary difference arises f rom the initial recognition of goodwill or f rom the
initial recognition of an asset and liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the
transaction, affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit.
Deferred tax is recognised on taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates,
except where the company can control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary
difference will not be reversed in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the
asset is realised, using tax rates that have been enacted or substantially enacted by balance date.
Current tax and deferred tax are charged or credited to the income statement, except when it relates to items charged
or credited directly to equity, in which case the tax is classified within equity.
NOTES
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Current tax
(2,050)9,462
Deferred tax
36(1,808)(10,676)
Income tax benefit
(3,858)(1,214)
The Group shall offset current tax assets and current tax liabilities if, and only if, the Group has a legal enforceable right to set off
the recognised amounts, and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
The tax on the profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the weighted average tax rate
applicable to profits of the consolidated companies as follows:
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Profit before tax
(18,372)26,142
Tax calculated at domestic rates applicable to profits in the respective countries
(5,342)8,143
Non-assessable income
(1)
(961)(10,037)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
2,7621,827
Adjustment for US tax losses carried back
(2)
(317)(1,147)
Income tax benefit
(3,858)(1,214)
(1) As explained in note 18 during the year ended 30 June 2020, the Group made a loss of $8.4M in relation to the disposal of its investment
in Togo Group. This consisted of a taxable loss of $38.1M in relation to the USA tax jurisdiction; offset by non-taxable Group consolidation
gain of $29.7M.
(2) The adjustments for US tax losses carried back include a tax benefit in relation to an allowance under the tax code to carry back tax losses to
previous tax years. The tax years that the losses were applied to had a higher tax rate than the losses were previously valued at (refer to note 36).
As a result, the weighted average effective tax rate was 21% (2020: -5%).
9. Earnings per share
20212020
(Loss)/profit attributable to the equity holders of the Parent ($000's)
(13,675)27,356
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue (000's)*
148,893146,753
Basic (loss)/earnings per share (in cents)
(9.2)18.6
Diluted
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to
assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares arising f rom the employee share scheme (refer to note 34).
20212020
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue (000's)*
148,893146,753
Dilutive redeemable shares and options if exercised (000's)
565199
Total shares (000's)
149,458146,952
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (in cents)
(9.1)18.6
* An additional 14,667,436 shares f rom the pro rata 1 for 9 rights offer (the Rights Offer) were issued in July 2019 (refer to note 22). The issue price
of $3.40 per share under the Rights Offer represented a 9.6% discount to the theoretical ex rights price on the record date. As a result, 1,404,329
shares issued as part of the Rights Offer were treated as a bonus issue which have been adjusted in the weighted average number of ordinary
shares on issue in 2019 in accordance with NZ IAS 33 Earnings per Share
10. Dividends
During the year ended 30 June 2021 the Group paid no interim and final dividends. Refer to note 25 in relation to the
shareholder distribution requirements as part of the amended banking facility agreement. The 2020 interim dividend was
cancelled and there was no 2020 final dividend.
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements
in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s Directors.
11. Imputation credits
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
The amount of imputation credits available for use in subsequent reporting periods
4,9144,491
The above amounts represent the balance of the imputation credit account as at the year end adjusted for:
• Imputation credits that will arise from the payment of the amount of the provision for income tax;
• Imputation debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date; and
• Imputation credits that will arise f rom the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at the reporting date.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20218081
Section B – Assets used to generate profit
In this section
This section describes the assets thl uses in the business to generate profit, including:
• Property, plant and equipment
The most significant component is the motorhome fleet. Premises, in general, are leased, however significant buildings
are the Waitomo Caves Visitor Centre and the Waitomo Caves Homestead.
• Leased assets
The most significant leased assets relate to the premises in New Zealand, Australia and the United States.
• Inventory
The most significant inventory items are the ex-rental motorhome fleet assets that are held for sale. Other inventory
items include spare parts, living equipment used inside rental motorhomes, and retail stock.
• Intangible assets
Intangible assets include:
– Goodwill arising from the purchase of the Road Bear RV, El Monte RV businesses and Kiwi Experience;
– The cost of the Waitomo Caves leases;
– Software;
– Brands; and
– Trademarks, leases and licenses.
12. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are made up of the following assets:
• Motorhomes - this comprises the rental fleet of the Rentals New Zealand, Rentals Australia and Rentals United States
businesses. Motorhomes that are held for sale are reclassified from property, plant and equipment to inventory (as shown
in the table below);
• Motor vehicles - this comprises vehicles owned by the business, including shuttles and company cars;
• Land and buildings - this comprises owned land and buildings in Waitomo;
• Other plant and equipment - this comprises office equipment, furniture, and other plant used to operate the business; and
• Capital work in progress - this represents capital purchases and projects that are not yet in service. The most significant
work in progress relates to the motorhome fleet built for the next season.
Land and buildings are shown at historical cost, less subsequent accumulated depreciation for buildings. Land is
not depreciated. All other property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation.
Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only
when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the
item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the
financial period in which they are incurred.
12. Property, plant and equipment (continued)
The Group estimates the residual values of the fleet in order to depreciate motorhome assets using the straight-line
method. This estimate of the useful life and the residual value of the vehicle is based on when it is expected to be taken
out of the rental fleet. The residual value is influenced by its condition, the mileage on the motorhome and the consumer
demand within the relevant resale market. The Group also considers the market conditions and the impact any changes
could have on the estimates as part of the overall fleet management program. The Group completes an annual review
of the appropriateness of the residual values and useful lives that have been used by reviewing the gains/losses made
on recent sales, and forecasts, of similar motorhomes. The estimated useful lives of motorhomes on the rental fleet are
1 - 6 years. The annual depreciation rates as a percentage of the original costs of between 5% and 15% for the life of the
motorhomes. If the depreciation rate increases/(decreases) by 1% for the life of motorhomes, the depreciation expense
will increase/(decrease) by approximately $4.0M for the year.
Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost amounts to their
residual values over their estimated useful lives as follows:
Buildings 8 - 50 years
Leasehold improvements term of the lease
Vehicles (non-fleet) 3 - 14 years
Other plant & equipment 2 - 40 years
The assets’ useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance date. An asset’s carrying amount
is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated
recoverable amount (note 17).
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount. These are included
in the income statement.
MOTORHOMES
$000’S
MOTOR
VEHICLES
$000’S
LAND AND
BUILDINGS
$000’S
OTHER
PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT
$000’S
CAPITAL
WORK IN
PROGRESS
$000’S
TOTAL
$000’S
Year ended 30 June 2021
At 1 July 2020
376,84877113,9465,72216,000413,287
Additions and transfers f rom work in progress (net)
100,9055398683,368(1,455)104,225
Disposals
(157,842)(199)(560)(197)–(158,798)
Exchange differences
(10,204)(18)(182)(43)74(10,373)
Depreciation charge
(35,655)(228)(1,679)(1,747)–(39,309)
Closing net book amount
274,05286512,3937,10314,619309,032
As at 30 June 2021
Cost
359,9982,50028,85831,63614,619437,611
Accumulated depreciation
(85,946)(1,635)(16,465)(24,533)-(128,579)
Net book amount
274,05286512,3937,10314,619309,032
Less reclassification of motorhomes to inventory
at balance date
Cost
55,598––––55,598
Accumulated depreciation
(19,638)––––(19,638)
Net book amount reclassified
35,960––––35,960
Closing net book amount post reclassification
238,09286512,3937,10314,619273,072
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20218283
12. Property, plant and equipment (continued)
MOTORHOMES
$000’S
MOTOR
VEHICLES
$000’S
LAND AND
BUILDINGS
$000’S
OTHER
PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT
$000’S
CAPITAL
WORK IN
PROGRESS
$000’S
TOTAL
$000’S
Year ended 30 June 2020
At 1 July 2019
401,39669814,1546,41326,717449,378
Additions and transfers f rom work in progress (net)
119,9812941,4031,708(10,818)112,568
Disposals
(101,625)(39)–(465)–(102,129)
Exchange differences
7,17315842631017,636
Depreciation charge
(50,077)(197)(1,695)(2,197)–(54,166)
Closing net book amount
376,84877113,9465,72216,000413,287
As at 30 June 2020
Cost
494,6172,05229,15621,29216,000563,117
Accumulated depreciation
(117,769)(1,281)(15,210)(15,570)–(149,830)
Net book amount
376,84877113,9465,72216,000413,287
Less reclassification of motorhomes to inventory
at balance date
Cost
68,038––––68,038
Accumulated depreciation
(14,468)––––(14,468)
Net book amount reclassified
53,570––––53,570
Closing net book amount post reclassification
323,27877113,9465,72216,000359,717
13. Leases
The Group’s leasing activities
The Group predominantly leases its premises in New Zealand, Australia and the United States under operating lease
agreements. Lease agreements may contain both lease and non-lease components. The Group allocates the consideration in
the agreement to the lease and non-lease components based on their relative stand-alone prices. However, for leases of real
estate for which the Group is a lessee, the Group has elected not to separate lease and non-lease components and instead
accounts for these as a single lease component.
Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms, escalation clauses and renewal
rights. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by
the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.
Lease liabilities have been measured at the present value of the lease payments, discounted using a discount rate derived f rom
the incremental borrowing rate for each relevant overseas territory when the interest rate implicit in the lease was not readily
available. Incremental borrowing rates applied to lease liabilities range between 3.1% - 5.3%. The Group is exposed to potential
future increases in variable lease payments based on the change of an index or rate, which are not included in the lease liability
until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is reassessed
and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
• the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability
• any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received
• any initial direct costs, and
• restoration costs.
The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the expected lease term on a
straight-line basis.
13. Leases (continued)
Short-term and low-value leases
Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense
in the income statement. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less and predominantly relate to
computer equipment.
Extension and termination options are included in a number of property leases across the Group. In determining the lease term,
management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option, or not
exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the
lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). The assessment of the lease term is reviewed if a significant event
or a significant change in circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and that is within the control of the Group. The
extension options are only exercisable by the Group and not by the lessor. Where an extension is reasonably certain of being
exercised, that extension period and related costs are recognised on the statement of financial position.
To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-f ree interest rate
adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the Group and makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency
and security.
The right-of-use assets have the following additions and modifications:
30 JUNE 2021
$000’s
VEHICLES &
EQUIPMENT
30 JUNE 2021
$000’s
BUILDINGS
Opening net book value at 1 July 2020
1069,552
Additions
–10,133
Modifications
–684
Terminations
–(7,033)
Impairment
–(46)
Exchange differences
–(2,740)
Depreciation charges
(10)(8,211)
Closing net book value at 30 June 2021
–62,339
Cost
2079,337
Accumulated depreciation
(20)(16,998)
Closing net book value at 30 June 2021
–62,339
Consolidated income statement and cash flow
2021
$000’s
2020
$000’s
Interest paid on leases (operating activities)
3,4203,945
Payments for lease liability principal (financing activities)
7,7326,442
Total cash outflows from lease liabilities
11,15210,387
Maturity analysis
Lease liabilities as lessee
2021
$000’s
2020
$000’s
Between 0 to 1 year
8,7877,304
Between 1 to 2 years
7,6456,563
Between 2 to 5 years
16,49017,338
More than 5 years
40,34450,666
Total lease liabilities as lessee
73,26681,871
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20218485
16. Inventories (continued)
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Raw materials
14,3084,550
Motorhomes held for sale
38,51159,164
Finished goods
5,1125,018
Provision for obsolescence
(476)(245)
57,45568,487
17. Intangible assets
Intangible assets of the Group comprise:
• Brands – the brand value acquired relates to the Road Bear RV brand of the United States’ rentals business;
• Goodwill – this relates to the Road Bear and El Monte RV business combinations;
• Trademarks, leases and licences – thl has a licence to operate the Waitomo Glowworm Caves until 2027, and licences to
operate other caves in the Waitomo region, with licence terms expiring in 2032, 2033 and 2039; and
• Other intangibles – this relates to acquired software licences and software development costs.
Brands
The Road Bear RV brand acquired in the United States rentals business combination was valued using the relief f rom
royalty method and is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. The brand value is included in the net assets
of the cash-generating unit (CGU). The brand is deemed to have an indefinite life as the Group has determined that
there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the brand is expected to generate net cash in-flows for the entity.
The brand is tested annually for impairment and is carried at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable
assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for
impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.
Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.
Goodwill is considered to have an indefinite useful life. Based on an analysis of all the relevant factors, there is no
foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash flows for the entity.
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those
cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in
which the goodwill arose.
Trademarks, leases and licences
Trademarks, leases and licences are shown at historical cost of acquisition by the Group less amortisation.
Amortisation of trademarks, leases and licences are calculated using the straight-line method over the life of the
underlying assets.
Other intangibles
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use
the specific software. These costs are amortised over their estimated useful lives (three to fifteen years).
Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes are recognised as an expense, as incurred.
Costs that are directly associated with the production of identifiable and unique software products controlled by
the Group, and that will probably generate economic benefits exceeding costs beyond one year, are recognised
as intangible assets. Direct costs include the software development employee costs and an appropriate portion of
relevant overheads.
Computer software development and application costs are recognised as assets and are amortised over their
estimated useful lives (three to five years) only if such costs create an intangible asset that the Group controls and
the intangible asset meets the recognition criteria. Costs that are not capitalised as intangible assets are expensed as
incurred unless they are paid to the suppliers of the cloud-based software to significantly customise the cloud-based
software for the Group. In this case, the costs paid upf ront are recorded as repayment for services and amortise over
the expected terms of the cloud computing agreement.
14. Capital commitments
Capital commitments relate to the build of the Group’s fleet for the following year.
Purchase orders placed for capital expenditure at balance date but not yet incurred is as follows:
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Property, plant and equipment
131,10827,160
15. Operating leases
The Group predominantly leases its premises in New Zealand, Australia and the United States under operating lease
arrangements. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. The significant portion of the risks
and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor and, therefore, they are classified as operating leases. Payments
made under operating leases (net of any incentives received f rom the lessor) are charged to the income statement on
a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Within one year
11989
11989
From 1 July 2019, the Group has recognised right-of-use assets for these leases, except for short term and low-value leases, see
note 13 for further information.
16. Inventories
Inventories are made up of the following categories:
• Raw materials – this comprises parts, factory and workshop stock;
• Motorhomes held for sale – this mainly comprises ex-rental fleet which are now on the sale yard and also includes
new fleet and trade-ins for sale;
• Finished goods – this comprises living equipment to be used in motorhomes and retail shop stock; and
• Inventory provision – a provision is created to allow for the value of inventory which is no longer useable or to recognise
the net realisable value when it is lower than cost.
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out
(FIFO) method. The cost of finished goods and work in progress comprises design costs, raw materials, direct labour,
other direct costs and related production overheads (based on normal operating capacity). It excludes borrowing
costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable
selling expenses.
Rental assets held for sale at balance date have been reclassified as inventory.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20218687
17. Intangible assets (continued)
BRAND VALUE
ACQUIRED
$000’S
GOODWILL
$000’S
TRADEMARKS,
LEASES AND
LICENSES
$000’S
OTHER
INTANGIBLES
$000’S
TOTAL
$000’S
Year ended 30 June 2021
At 1 July 2020
87633,27615,36375250,267
Exchange differences
(71)(2,774)(860)(122)(3,827)
Additions
–694515,1205,865
Disposal
–––(17)(17)
Amortisation charge
––(695)(472)(1,167)
Closing net book amount
80531,19613,8595,26151,121
As at 30 June 2021
Cost
80577,49430,63419,401128,334
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
–(46,298)(16,775)(14,140)(77,213)
Net book amount
80531,19613,8595,26151,121
Year ended 30 June 2020
At 1 July 2019
84134,8907,4361,01344,180
Exchange differences
351,323(608)6756
Additions
–1899,1772599,625
Impairment
–(3,126)––(3,126)
Disposal
–––(8)(8)
Amortisation charge
––(642)(518)(1,160)
Closing net book amount
87633,27615,36375250,267
As at 30 June 2020
Cost
87682,70031,44314,419129,438
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
–(49,424)(16,080)(13,667)(79,171)
Net book amount
87633,27615,36375250,267
As a result of the international border closures in response to COVID-19, the Kiwi Experience CGU is currently in a hibernation
phase (currently not operating) and as a result, all of its associated goodwill of $3.1M was impaired at 30 June 2020. The
impairment was recognised in operating expense within the consolidated income statement.
Impairment of non-financial assets
The Group tests whether goodwill and brands have suffered any impairment on an annual basis, in accordance with
the accounting policy stated below. The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value-in-use and
its fair value less costs of disposal. The Group has estimated the recoverable amount of its CGUs on a value-in-use basis
and determined that there is no impairment.
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment.
Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the
amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher
of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped
at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units).
17. Intangible assets (continued)
The table below details the cash-generating units that goodwill and brands are attributable to:
RENTALS
$000’s
OTHER
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
2021
New Zealand – goodwill
–829829
United States of America – goodwill
30,367–30,367
United States of America – brands
805–805
31,17282932,001
2020
New Zealand – goodwill
–189189
United States of America – goodwill
33,087–33,087
United States of America – brands
876–876
33,96318934,152
The Directors have assessed at balance date whether any impairment indicators exist. In making this assessment, the Directors
have taken into consideration the impact of COVID-19 on the business.
The recoverable amount of a cash-generating unit is determined on value-in-use calculations. These calculations use cash
flow projections based on management prepared forecasts covering a four year period plus a terminal value calculation.
These annual free cash flows are then discounted by a country specific post-tax discount rate to arrive at a recoverable amount
(or enterprise value) of the CGU which is compared to the carrying book value. The Group has engaged an external party to
undertake the discount rate calculation during the year based on the current market inputs. The Group has adopted these rates
in the value-in-use calculations. In addition, carrying values are also assessed using alternative valuation metrics, in particular
EBIT multiples for similar industry groupings.
The CGU value in use models used by thl to generate the cash flow projections incorporate the expected growth rates from
markets the businesses operate in. Capital expenditure and disposal proceeds are projected forward based on current build or
purchase costs, realisable sale values and expected fleet rotation by vehicle type (for the rentals operations).
The following table shows the sensitivity analysis for the value-in-use calculations of the Group’s significant CGUs:
CGUKEY ASSUMPTIONSCHANGE IN KEY ASSUMPTION
REDUCTION IN
RECOVERABLE
AMOUNT
($M’S)
INCREASE IN
RECOVERABLE
AMOUNT
($M’S)
WOULD THE
INDICATED
SENSITIVITY
RESULT IN
IMPAIRMENT
United States
of America
Discount rate: 8.3%Discount rate (+/- 1.0%)
2939No
Terminal growth rate: 1.25%Terminal growth rate (+/- 0.25%)
77No
2020 Discount rate: 10.6%Hire days (+/- 5.0%)
2525No
2020 Terminal growth rate: 1.25%
Vehicle sales (+/- 5.0%)*
24–No
New ZealandDiscount rate: 9.16%Discount rate (+/- 1.0%)
3241No
Terminal growth rate: 1.0%Terminal growth rate (+/- 0.25%)
78No
2020 Discount rate: 9.8%Hire days (+/- 5.0%)
115No
2020 Terminal growth rate: 1.0%
Vehicle sales (+/- 5.0%)*
2–No
AustraliaDiscount rate: 8.15%Discount rate (+/- 1.0%)
2331No
Terminal growth rate: 1.5%Terminal growth rate (+/- 0.25%)
66No
2020 Discount rate: 8.0%Hire days (+/- 5.0%)
2221No
2020 Terminal growth rate: 1.5%
Vehicle sales (+/- 5.0%)*
6–No
* A sensitivity of increasing vehicle sales cannot be assessed in isolation because it would have a flow on impact to fleet levels and rental revenue.
Therefore no positive sensitivity has been shown in that regard.
We note that while the sensitivity of key assumptions provided in the above table would not on their own result in an
impairment in each case, it is possible that they could occur in combination. Should a deterioration in macroeconomic
conditions or a further delay in international tourism recovery occur then this may adversely impact a combination of the key
assumptions and result in an impairment. We note that there is currently less headroom in the Rentals USA CGU than in either
New Zealand or Rentals Australia. If the Group applied a wider sensitivity assumptions such as an increase of discount rates by
1.5%, decrease of hire days and vehicle sales of 10%, individually, these could result in an impairment in the Rental USA CGU.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20218889
Section C – Investments
In this section
thl ’s investments comprise subsidiaries, associate and joint ventures. This section explains the investments held by thl,
providing additional information, including:
a) Accounting policies, judgements and estimates that are relevant for measuring the investments; and
b) Analysis of thl ’s associate and joint ventures.
thl ’s investments include:
• A 50% interest in AMLP up until 28 February 2021. In February 2021, thl purchased the remaining 50% interest in AMLP;
• thl previously had 50% joint venture investment in Togo Group which was disposed of in March 2020 and;
• Other investment is a 49% interest in Just go, a motorhome rental operation in the United Kingdom.
Business combination
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether
equity instruments or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary
comprises the:
• Fair values of the assets transferred;
• Liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business;
• Equity interests issued by the Group;
• Fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement; and
• Fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the acquiree.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured
initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquired
entity on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share
of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
The excess of the consideration transferred, amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity, and
acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquired entity over the fair value of the net identifiable
assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the
business acquired, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.
Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to
their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being
the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and
conditions.
Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are
subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
18. Togo exit transaction
Togo Group
In February 2018, the Group entered into agreements to contribute its investment in Roadtrippers USA and Roadtrippers
Australasia, its Mighway business, the Togo Fleet rental and RV industry platform, certain other intangible assets and cash to
form a joint venture, Togo Group, with Thor Industries (“Thor”), a motorhome manufacturer in the United States. Each partner
owned 50% of Togo Group. Due to the nature of the contractual rights and obligations, Togo Group was classified as a joint
venture for accounting purposes and accounted for using the equity method.
On 2 April 2020, the Group entered into an agreement with Thor (the “2020 Agreement”) to undertake a managed exit from
Togo Group in favour of a digital strategy focusing on New Zealand and Australia and more closely aligned with thl ’s core RV
rentals business. The 2020 Agreement had an effective date of 23 March 2020.
As part of the 2020 Agreement, the rights to Togo Fleet (thl ’s fleet management and booking system), the New Zealand and
Australian operations of Mighway, Togo Insights, and Togo’s shareholding in Outdoria were distributed to thl , including a cash
consideration of USD6M. In exchange, thl reduced its shareholding in Togo Group f rom 50% of the ordinary shares to 20.18% of
class B preference shares. As a result, the Group no longer met the requirements to account for its investment in Togo Group
as a joint venture. Accordingly, thl has equity accounted its interests in Togo Group up to the date of the loss of significant
influence on 23 March 2020 and recognised the disposal of the interest at that date, and the remaining interest has been
recognised as a financial asset recognised at fair value through the income statement. There were no significant changes that
occurred between 23 March 2020 and 2 April 2020.
The following table summarise the equity accounted investment in Togo up to the date of disposal:
PERIOD TO
23 MARCH 2020
$000’S
Investment in Togo Group as at 1 July 2019
42,309
Subsequent investment in Togo Group
–
Share of losses recognised against the investment balance during the period
(10,578)
Foreign exchange revaluation gain during the period
3,381
Investment in Togo Group, ending balance
35,112
Advance opening balance
457
Net cash advances/(repayment) during the period
12,858
Advance closing balance
13,315
Net interest in Togo Group at 23 March 2020
48,427
The assets acquired from Togo as part of this exit transaction constitute a “business” under NZ IFRS 3 Business Combinations.
Step acquisition accounting is applied because these businesses were 100% owned by Togo and in which the Group only had
joint control prior to the exit transaction.
The table below summarises the fair value of the assets and liabilities received by the Group in exchange for disposing of its
investment in Togo Group:
PERIOD TO
23 MARCH 2020
$000’S
Net interest in Togo Group at date of disposal
48,427
Consideration received in exchange for the disposal
Cash receivable (net of working capital settlement)
9,053
Intellectual property rights
9,177
Class B preference shares in Togo Group
22,911
Property, plant and equipment
249
Trade payable and employee benefits
(1,346)
Total
40,044
Loss on disposal recognised in the income statement
8,383
Foreign currency translation gain recognised in the income statement
(9,066)
Net gain on the Togo exit transaction
(683)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20219091
18. Togo exit transaction (continued)
The fair value of these assets and liabilities are determined as follows:
• Cash receivable (net of working capital settlement) – thl received the payment of USD6M, offset by working capital
settlement, f rom Thor in August 2020.
• Intellectual property rights – The intellectual property rights were valued by reference to the expected cost of replacement
of the assets, determined using approximately the net book value of Togo Fleet and Mighway. The intellectual property rights
are assumed to have a useful life of 15 years and will be amortised on a straight line basis.
• Class B preference shares in Togo Group – The Class B preference shares have a face value of USD20.2M and entitle thl to a 3%
annual cash dividend for a four year period. Thor has a call option relative to the Class B preference shares which is exercisable
over a four year period, after which time, if the option has not been exercised, the Class B shareholding will convert to 26.49%
of the ordinary shares in Togo Group. The fair value of the Class B preference shares was determined by an independent
valuer utilising the reference to the face value of the preference shares, and deducting the value of the call option determined
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Group made certain assumptions, including, but not limited to, expected
volatility and dividend yield (refer to note 31). The Class B preference shares are a financial asset and are measured at fair value
through the income statement.
• Property, plant and equipment – The net book value of $249k was recognised as fair value.
• Trade payable and other employee benefits – The carrying value of ($1,346k) was recognised as fair value.
19. Acquisition of Action Manufacturing LP (AMLP)
On 25 February 2021, thl signed an agreement (the “Agreement”) to purchase the remaining 50% shareholding in Action
Manufacturing Group GP (AMLP) f rom its joint venture partner, Alpine Bird Manufacturing Limited (owned by Grant Brady).
The Agreement had an effective date of 28 February 2021.
AMLP is the primary supplier of thl ’s motorhome fleet and manufactures specialist light commercial vehicles for a number of
public and private organisations in New Zealand and Australia and is a fundamental part of thl ’s “Build - Rent - Sell” business
model. AMLP has operated as a joint venture partnership between thl and Alpine Bird Manufacturing since 2012, up until
February 2021. Prior to the acquisition, thl ’s 50% interest in the AMLP joint venture was accounted for under the equity method
of accounting in accordance with NZ IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. After 28 February 2021, AMLP is a
100% owned subsidiary of thl and is consolidated in thl ’s group financial statements under NZ IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial
Statements.
The following table summarises the equity accounted investment in AMLP up to the date of acquisition:
28 FEBRUARY 2021
$000’S
30 JUNE 2020
$000’s
Investment in AMLP, beginning balance
10,2248,797
Share of profits recognised against the investment balance during the period
181,427
Investment in AMLP at date of acquisition
10,24210,224
19. Acquisition of Action Manufacturing LP (AMLP) (continued)
The assets acquired from AMLP constitute a “business” under NZ IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Step acquisition accounting
is applied because of the joint control that thl had prior to the acquisition. In accordance with NZ IFRS 3, share consideration
should be measured at fair value on the date of acquisition.
The parties agreed to the purchase price of $9M, which was to be paid by thl issuing ordinary shares to the value of $7.5M to
Alpine Bird Manufacturing, and $1.5M to be paid in cash. The total number of ordinary shares were 3,260,870, determined at $2.3
per share, equivalent to the weighted average price for thl shares for the 30 trading day period prior to the agreement date.
The fair value of the share on acquisition date of $2.25 was based on the closing share price on the last working date prior to the
effective date of the Agreement.
These shares are “Restricted Shares” in accordance with the Agreement because there are restrictions over the number of
shares that can be sold within a 24 month period f rom completion of the transaction.
Based on this, the table below summarises the fair value of the consideration paid for the remaining 50% shareholding:
28 FEBRUARY 2021
$000’S
Issued capital of Tourism Holdings Limited
7,337
Cash consideration
1,500
Total consideration transferred for the remaining 50% equity interest in AMLP
8,837
NZ IFRS 3 also requires the acquirer to re-measure its previously held equity interest in the acquiree at its acquisition date
fair value. AMLP is not publicly traded so the fair value for previously held equity interest was derived by reference to the
consideration transferred for the remaining 50%, which is $8.837M. As a result, a fair value adjustment loss of $1.406M has been
recognised in the profit and loss in relation to the previously held 50% equity interest.
28 FEBRUARY 2021
$000’S
Investment in AMLP at date of acquisition
10,243
Fair value of previously held 50% equity interest
(8,837)
Loss f rom fair value of previously held 50% equity interest
1,406
The total consideration of $17.674M (being the implied fair value for 100% of AMLP) resulted in a gain on acquisition of $29k to be
recognised in the profit and loss.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20219293
19. Acquisition of Action Manufacturing LP (AMLP) (continued)
The table below summarises the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired at 28 February 2021:
28 FEBRUARY 2021
$000’S
Recognised amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
Cash and cash equivalents
6,131
Trade and other receivables*
4,409
Prepayments
75
Inventories
11,065
Property, plant and equipment
6,738
Other assets
76
Total assets
28,494
Trade and other payables
(3,474)
Warranty provisions
(432)
Revenue received in advance
(1,652)
Employee benefits
(857)
Borrowing
(748)
Lease liabilities
(3,628)
Total liabilities
(10,791)
Net identifiable assets acquired
17,703
Gain on AMLP acquisition
(29)
Net assets acquired
17,674
*The fair value of acquired receivable is $4,409k. There is no loss allowance recognised on acquisition
For comparative reporting purposes, the following table provides summary information of 100% AMLP:
28 FEBRUARY 2021
$000’S
30 JUNE 2020
$000’S
Revenue
27,29064,147
Expenses
(27,254)(61,293)
Profit before income tax
362,854
Assets
Non-current assets
9,62410,599
Cash and cash equivalents
6,1316,309
Current assets
15,54929,718
31,30446,626
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities including partner advances
(3,844)(4,478)
Current liabilities
(6,976)(21,700)
(10,820)(26,178)
Net assets
20,48420,448
The Group’s 50% share of AMLP net assets
10,24210,224
20. Investments in associate
Associates
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence, but not control, generally accompanying
a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in associates are accounted for using the
equity method of accounting and are initially recognised at cost. The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition
profits or losses is recognised in the income statement.
The share of profits/(losses) recognised in the income statements are as follows:
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Just go
759(376)
Outdoria (up to 31 July 2020)
(41)–
Total
718(376)
Just go
In March 2015, the Group acquired a shareholding of 49.0% in Skewbald Limited (trading as Just go) for GBP £1,744k. Just go is
a motorhome rental business operating in the United Kingdom. The investment has been accounted for as an investment in
associate, and the Group’s share of associates profits have been recognised with the Group’s investment.
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Just go
4,9364,044
Total
4,9364,044
Outdoria
thl initially acquired 46% shareholding in Outdoria Pty Limited (Outdoria) as part of the Togo Group exit arrangement in March
2020. thl has established significant influence over Outdoria and has therefore accounted for its investment in Outdoria using
the equity method.
On 31 July 2020, Outdoria bought back 18.2% of the shares which resulted in an increase in thl ’s shareholding to 59.73%, making
thl a majority shareholder with majority Board control. On this basis, thl has obtained control over Outdoria and has since this
date consolidated it in the Group but with a corresponding non-controlling interest for the remaining 40.27%.
The transaction was accounted for as a step acquisition under NZ IFRS 3 Business Combinations, and based on the Group’s
assessment of the fair value of Outdoria’s net identifiable assets and liabilities and fair value of consideration, thl recognised a
($2.0M) non-controlling interest (NCI) on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis at the NCI’s proportionate share of Outdoria’s net
identifiable liabilities and $659k goodwill at the Group level.
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021949595
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
21. Subsidiaries
The principal activities of the Parent company and trading subsidiaries are motorhome rental (Tourism Holdings Australia Pty
Limited, JJ Motorcars Inc and El Monte Rents Inc) and attractions (Waitomo Caves Limited).
Outdoria is 59.73% owned, all other subsidiaries are 100% and therefore the Group is deemed to have control and have been fully
consolidated f rom the date which control has been attained (30 June 2020: 100%). All subsidiaries have 30 June balance dates.
Material subsidiary companies at 30 June 2021 and 2020 are:
% EQUTY INTEREST
NAMECOUNTRY OF INCORPORATION20212020
Tourism Holdings Australia Pty LimitedAustralia100100
Waitomo Caves LimitedNew Zealand100100
JJ Motorcars IncUnited States of America100100
El Monte Rents Inc United States of America100100
Tourism Holdings USA IncUnited States of America100100
TH2connect GP Limited (f rom 23 March 2020)New Zealand100100
Action Manufacturing Group GP (f rom 28 February 2021)New Zealand100100
Outdoria Pty Limited (f rom 31 July 2020)Australia60–
Section D – Managing funding
In this section
This section explains how thl manages its capital structure and working capital, the various funding sources and distributions
to shareholders. In this section of the notes there is information about:
a) Equity;
b) Debt;
c) Receivables and payables; and
d) Financial instruments.
22. Share capital
2021
SHARES
000’S
2020
SHARES
000’s
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Ordinary shares
Opening balance
148,015132,036269,988217,012
Issue of ordinary shares – redeemable ordinary shares converted
150377273658
Transfer f rom employee share scheme reserve for redeemable shares converted
––3172
Issue of ordinary shares – in lieu of Directors’ fees
6380142160
Ordinary shares to be issued – in lieu of Directors’ fees accrued at 30 June
––21(24)
Ordinary shares Issued under Dividend Reinvestment Plan
–855–3,484
Ordinary shares issued as part consideration for AMLP
3,261–7,337–
Ordinary shares issued – rights offer
–14,667–49,869
Less transaction cost arising on shares issued
–––(1,243)
Closing balance
151,489
148,015
277,792269,988
The total authorised number of ordinary shares is 151,489,050 shares (2020: 148,014,900) and these are classified as equity.
The shares have no par value. All ordinary shares are issued and fully paid. All ordinary shares rank equally with one vote
attached to each fully paid ordinary share.
There are 985,630 redeemable ordinary shares on issue that are convertible on a 1:1 basis to ordinary shares (2020: 1,478,830).
If these convert to ordinary shares per the terms outlined in note 34, total shares on issue will be 152,474,680 (2020: 149,493,730).
In the current year redeemable ordinary shares were cancelled in November 2020 (193,200) and April 2021 (150,000). There were
150,000 redeemable ordinary shares that were converted to ordinary shares in March 2021. In the prior year redeemable ordinary
shares were converted to ordinary shares in August 2019 (176,666) and November 2019 (200,000). There were no cancellation of
redeemable ordinary shares in FY2020.
In the current year 851,667 share options were cancelled in July 2020. There were no cancellation of share options in the prior year.
Ordinary shares were issued to directors in lieu of Directors’ fees per the terms outlined in note 33. Shares were issued in October
2020 (26,027) and April 2021 (37,253). In the prior year shares were issued to Directors in lieu of Directors fees in October 2019
(20,188) and April 2020 (59,645). At 30 June 2021 share capital includes $42,000 accrual for shares to be issued in lieu of Directors’
fees (2020: $21,000).
In the prior year 855,082 ordinary shares were issued in October 2019 at an issue price of $4.069 per share to shareholders who
elected to participate in the Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
In June 2019, the Group announced a placement and pro rata rights offer capital raise. As part of this, approximately $50M
fully underwritten pro-rate 1 for 9 rights offer at $3.40 per share settled in July 2019 resulting in the issuance of an additional
14,667,436 shares with an incremental directly attributable issue costs of $1.243M in 2020.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20219697
23. Retained earnings
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Balance at beginning of the year
55,81556,176
(Loss)/profit for the year
(13,675)27,356
Adjustment on adoption of NZ IFRS 16 (net of tax)
–(7,150)
Dividends on ordinary shares
–(20,567)
Transfer f rom employee share scheme reserve
173–
Balance at end of the year
42,31355,815
24. Other reserves
Foreign currency translation reserve
Exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign operations are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve.
When any net investment is disposed of, the related component of the reserve is recognised in the income statement as part
of the gain or loss on disposal.
The closing exchange rates used to translate the statement of financial position are as follows:
20212020
NZD/AUD
0.93100.9340
NZD/USD
0.69980.6426
NZD/GBP
0.50500.5220
Employee share scheme
The employee share scheme reserve is used to recognise the accumulated value of redeemable shares granted which have
been recognised in the income statement. In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, amounts accumulated in the
executive share scheme reserve have been transferred to share capital on the exercise of the options or to retained earnings
when they have been forfeited (refer to note 34).
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Foreign currency translation reserve
Balance at beginning of the year
4,9257,549
Currency translation differences (net of tax)
(8,929)6,442
Foreign currency gain transferred to income statement in relation to Togo transaction
–(9,066)
Balance at year end
(4,004)4,925
Employee share scheme reserve
Balance at beginning of the year
1,066763
Value of employee services charged to the income statement
2,112375
Transfer to retained earnings
(173)–
Transfer to share capital
(31)(72)
Balance at year end
2,9741,066
Total other reserves
(1,030)5,991
25. Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently
stated at amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value
is recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities, unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of
the liability for at least 12 months after the balance date.
Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred, except for borrowing costs
directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset, which are capitalised.
Qualifying assets are those assets that necessarily take an extended period of time (six months or more) to get ready
for their intended use.
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Non-current
Bank borrowings
84,460163,322
Other borrowings
2,199–
86,659163,322
Current
Other borrowings
125–
Total borrowings
86,784163,322
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Maturity of non-current portion
One to two years
2,19987,846
Two to three years
84,46075,476
Three to five years
––
86,659163,322
Interest rates (excluding line fees) applicable at 30 June 2021 on the bank term loans ranged f rom 1.80% to 3.15% p.a.
(2020: 1.0% to 4.8% p.a.).
The guaranteeing group consisting of Tourism Holdings Limited and all New Zealand, Australian and USA 100% owned
subsidiaries had, at balance date, multi-currency revolving cash advance facilities with Westpac Banking Corporation,
Westpac New Zealand Limited, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited and Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited.
The Group has provided a composite first ranking debenture over the assets and undertakings of the Group in New Zealand,
Australia and the US.
The facility agreement was amended in June and August 2021. The amended agreement includes committed facilities for
debt funding of approximately $250M ($200M available f rom the effective date of the agreement and an additional $50M
f rom December 2021). The facility consists of a number of tranches maturing between June 2023 and June 2024.
The amended agreement also includes:
• a requirement for consent f rom the Group’s banking partners for any distribution to shareholders during the term
of the facilities;
• the Group’s leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio will not be used as a primary covenant test until 30 September 2022,
however other existing covenants (equity ratio and guaranteeing group ratio) remain applicable; and
• new covenants relating to minimum shareholder funds, and a cumulative EBITDA requirement (tested quarterly) f rom the
period ending 30 September 2021 have been added. If the EBITDA target is not achieved, a leverage ratio covenant applies.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 20219899
25. Borrowings (continued)
The Group has assessed forecast compliance with these covenants by preparing a cash flow scenario forecast for the Group for
the next four years and using the forecast to calculate the financial covenants at future calculation dates.
As at the sign-off date of these financial statements the Group is within the banking covenant requirements.
All markets that the Group operates in have experienced changes in external trading conditions in quarter one of FY22 as a
result of the ongoing impacts of COVID-19. Given the ongoing volatility of the current environment, there is a risk that actual
trading performance may fall below forecasts, noting that the US market has experienced a reduction in rental demand over
the calendar 2021 summer season relative to the last calendar year, which is lower than expected, and Australia and New
Zealand have also been affected by the ongoing impact of COVID-19. However, the Group has the option to control its fleet size
as necessary in order to achieve results that comply with the banking facility requirements. On this basis, the Board expects that
the Group will be able to meet its undertakings and covenants in relation to the banking facility and will have sufficient cash to
discharge its liabilities as they fall due, for at least one year from the date the financial statements are approved.
Having regard to all of the above, the Board’s assessment acknowledges that there are uncertainties that may require the
Board to make changes to the business to respond to the uncertainties but the primary levers available is to adjust fleet levels
through increased fleet sales, reduced fleet capital expenditures or changing the timing of fleet purchases. This is similar to
the approach that has been adopted in the year ended 30 June 2021. Accordingly, the Board’s assessment is that there is no
material uncertainty and it has been concluded that the going concern assumption is appropriate. Therefore these financial
statements have been prepared on the basis of a going concern.
In accordance with NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, the amendment was treated as an extinguishment of the existing liability
followed by the recognition of a new liability.
The carrying amounts of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in the following currencies:
2021
$000’s
2020
$000’s
New Zealand dollar
8,12237,218
Australian dollar
3,7595,889
United States American dollar
71,449116,873
Pounds sterling
3,4543,342
86,784163,322
The Group has the following undrawn borrowing facilities:
2021
$000’s
2020
$000’s
Floating rate
– Expiring beyond one year
116,29849,858
The Group capitalised $558k of borrowing costs (2020: nil) for establishment fees in relation to the refinancing.
26. Other commitments
As at 30 June 2021, the Group no longer has the $30M Documentary Letter of Credit Facility as part of the interchangeable
working capital facility. The amount drawn at 30 June 2020 was $14,429k.
27. Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently measured at
amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. From 1 July 2018, the Group assesses
on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its trade and other receivables which are carried
at amortised cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase
in credit risk.
The Group applies the simplified approach permitted by NZ IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to
be recognised f rom initial recognition of the receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade and other
receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. The expected loss
rates are based on the historical credit losses experienced. Where appropriate, the historical loss rates are adjusted to
reflect current and forward-looking information.
2021
$000’s
2020
$000’s
Trade receivables
17,32414,083
Less provision for impairment of receivables
(1,203)(2,106)
Trade receivables – net
16,12111,977
Prepayments
3,7884,439
Other receivables
3,75812,483
Receivable under buy-back arrangement
5,01431
Total trade and other receivables
28,68128,930
At June 2021 trade and other receivables includes $5,014k (June 2020: $31k) relating to vehicles purchased under a short term
buy-back arrangement. This agreement involves purchasing vehicles to be used in the fleet for a period less than 12 months
and then sold back to the supplier. On initial recognition, thl recognised the cash paid for the vehicles, the price expected to
be received upon resale, and the balancing amount of the two is considered the lease expense. The transaction is accounted
for as a short-term lease on the basis that:
• thl have an economic incentive to exercise their put option (selling the vehicles back to the supplier);
• thl have the right to use the vehicles for a fixed period at a predetermined price; and
• the vehicles do not meet the definition of property plant and equipment.
Due to low risk of the counterparties for these arrangements, the assessed expected credit losses are immaterial.
There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables, as the Group has a large number of customers,
internationally dispersed.
The Group has recognised a decrease of $903k (2020: $1,099k increase) in the provision for the impairment of its trade
receivables which has been included in other operating expenses. The Group has written off, to other operating expenses,
$864k (2020: $154k) of balances of receivables during the year ended 30 June 2021.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021100101
28. Trade and other payables
Trade payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business
from suppliers. Trade payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the
normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value net of transaction costs and subsequently measured at amortised
cost using the effective interest method.
2021
$000’s
2020
$000’s
Trade payables
12,13320,566
Accrued expenses and other payables
13,13016,435
Total trade and other payables
25,26337,001
29. Financial instruments
Classification of financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:
• Those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) or through
profit or loss); and
• Those to be measured at amortised cost.
The classification depends on the business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the
cash flows.
The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.
Measurement of financial assets
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at
fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial
asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.
Debt instruments
Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and
the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Group classifies its
debt instruments:
Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely
payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. Interest income from these financial assets is
included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is
recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and
losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.
FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the
assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the
carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and
foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognised in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the
cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognised in other
gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest
rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are
presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.
29. Financial instruments (continued)
FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt
investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/
(losses) in the period in which it arises.
The interest rate swaps in place as at 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020 qualified as cash flow hedges under NZ IFRS 9.
The Group’s risk management strategies and hedge documentation are aligned with the requirements of NZ IFRS 9
and these relationships are therefore treated as hedges.
The table below represents the measurement categories of the financial instruments:
20212020
FINANCIAL
ASSETS AT
AMORTISED COST
$000’s
FINANCIAL
ASSETS VALUE
THROUGH
PROFIT OR
LOSS
$000’s
DERIVATIVES
USED FOR
HEDGING
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
FINANCIAL
ASSETS AT
AMORTISED COST
$000’s
FINANCIAL
ASSETS VALUE
THROUGH
PROFIT OR
LOSS
$000’s
DERIVATIVES
USED FOR
HEDGING
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Assets
Advance to joint venture
––––655––655
Total cash and cash
equivalents38,087––38,08735,514––35,514
Retained interest in Togo
(note 18)–20,835–20,835–21,382–21,382
Total trade and other
receivables24,893––24,89324,491––24,491
Derivative financial
instruments––––––66
20212020
MEASURED AT
AMORTISED COST
$000’s
MEASURED AT
FAIR VALUE
THROUGH
PROFIT OR
LOSS
$000’s
DERIVATIVES
USED FOR
HEDGING
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
MEASURED AT
AMORTISED COST
$000’s
MEASURED
AT FAIR VALUE
THROUGH
PROFIT OR LOSS
$000’s
DERIVATIVES
USED FOR
HEDGING
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Liabilities
Interest bearing loans
and borrowings
86,784––86,784
163,322
–
–163,322
Derivative financial
instruments––5,2725,272
–
–
9,3039,303
Trade and other payables
22,495––22,495
33,646
–
–33,646
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021102103
Section E – Managing risk
In this section
This section explains the financial risks thl faces, how these risks affect thl ’s financial position and performance, and how thl
manages these risks. In this section of the notes there is information:
a) Outlining thl ’s approach to financial risk management; and
b) Analysing financial (hedging) instruments used to manage risk.
In the normal course of business the Group is exposed to a variety of financial risks including foreign currency, interest rate,
credit and liquidity risks. To manage this risk the Group’s treasury activities are performed by a central treasury function and are
governed by Group policies approved by the Board of Directors.
The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise
potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group does not enter into derivative financial instruments
for trading or speculative purposes.
30. Financial risk management
Currency risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising f rom various currency exposures, primarily
with respect to the Australian dollar and the United States dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial
transactions are in currencies other than functional currency.
Foreign exchange exposures on future commercial transactions incurred by operations in currencies other than their functional
currency are managed by using forward currency contracts in accordance with the Group’s treasury policy.
The Parent makes purchases in foreign currency and is exposed to foreign currency risk. This is managed by utilisation of
forward currency contracts f rom time to time in accordance with the Group’s treasury policy.
Exchange rate sensitivity
The following table shows the impact of a 5 cent movement up or down in the New Zealand dollar vs the Australian dollar and
United States dollar and the impact that this exchange rate change has on reported net profit after tax and equity. The table
shows the post-tax impact on reported profit and equity in relation to currency risk, as described above, and does not include
the impact of translation risk, as described in note 24. A 5 cent change is considered a reasonable possible change based on
prior year movements.
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Post-tax impact on reported profit and equity of:
A 5 cent increase in the NZ dollar vs the AU dollar
(2)–
A 5 cent increase in the NZ dollar vs the US dollar
(6)(9)
A 5 cent decrease in the NZ dollar vs the AU dollar
2–
A 5 cent decrease in the NZ dollar vs the US dollar
69
Interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate risk primarily arises f rom long-term borrowings, cash and cash equivalents. Borrowings issued at
variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value
interest rate risk.
The Group manages its cash-flow interest rate risk by using floating to fixed interest rate derivative contracts. Such interest rate
derivative contracts have the economic effect of converting borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. Generally the Group
raises long term borrowings at floating rates that are lower than those available if the Group borrowed at fixed rates directly.
Under the interest rate derivative contracts, the Group agrees with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals (mainly
quarterly), the difference between fixed contract rates and floating rate interest amounts calculated by reference to the agreed
notional principal amounts.
30. Financial risk management (continued)
The Group maintains cash on overnight deposit in interest bearing bank accounts.
The following tables set out the interest rate repricing profile and current interest rate of the interest bearing financial assets
and liabilities:
EFFECTIVE
INTEREST
RATE
FLOATING
$000’s
FIXED UP
TO 1 YEAR
$000’s
FIXED
1-2 YEARS
$000’s
FIXED
2-5 YEARS
$000’s
FIXED
>5 YEARS
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
As at 30 June 2021
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
0.0%38,087––––38,087
38,087––––38,087
Liabilities
Bank borrowings*
7.9%–1252,19984,460–86,784
–1252,19984,460–86,784
Interest rate derivative contracts**
2.9%–17,86218,36454,4794,28794,992
The effective interest rate of Group borrowings is 7.9% including the impact of the interest rate swaps and line fees on facilities.
EFFECTIVE
INTEREST
RATE
FLOATING
$000’s
FIXED UP
TO 1 YEAR
$000’s
FIXED
1-2 YEARS
$000’s
FIXED
2-5 YEARS
$000’s
FIXED
>5 YEARS
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
As at 30 June 2020
Assets
Advance to joint venture
3.6%655––––655
Cash and cash equivalents
0.0%35,514––––35,514
36,169––––36,169
Liabilities
Bank borrowings*
5.6%–163,322–––163,322
–163,322–––163,322
Interest rate derivative contracts**
3.0%–20,90819,45268,93012,449121,739
* Bank borrowing interest rates profile is shown prior to the impact of the interest rate swaps
** Notional contract amounts and include forward starting interest rate swaps
Interest rate sensitivity
At year-end the floating bank borrowings and cash deposits were subject to interest rate sensitivity risk. The remaining
borrowings are fixed using interest rate derivative contracts. If the Group’s floating borrowings and deposits year-end balances
remained the same throughout the year and interest rates moved by 1.0% then the impact on profitability and equity is as follows:
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Pre-tax impact of:
An increase in interest rates of 1%
(177)(653)
A decrease in interest rates of 1%
177653
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021104105
30. Financial risk management (continued)
At year end the value of interest rate derivative contracts used as cash flow hedges were subject to interest rate risk in relation to
the value recognised in equity. If interest rates moved by 1% across the yield curve then the impact on the fair value of the swaps
on equity is shown in the following table. A movement of 1%, or 100bps, is considered by management as a reasonable estimate
of a possible shift in interest rates for the year based on historical movements. There is $251k of ineffective interest rate swaps
recognised in the income statement in relation to the valuation of the interest rate swaps. The remaining interest rate swaps
were effective as at 30 June 2021.
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Post tax impact on equity of a 1% move in interest rates
An increase in interest rates of 1% across the yield curve
1,6132,467
A decrease in interest rates of 1% across the yield curve
(1,643)(2,529)
Credit risk
The Group has a concentration of credit risk in respect of the amount outstanding f rom the buy-back arrangement and the
other receivables. The Group has no other significant concentrations of credit risk. Policies are in place to ensure that wholesale
sales of products and other receivables arising are made to customers with an appropriate credit history. Sales to retail
customers are made in cash or via major credit cards. Derivative contract counterparties and cash on deposit are limited to
high credit rated quality financial institutions.
The Group considers its maximum exposure to credit risk as follows:
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Bank balances
38,08735,514
Advance to joint ventures
–655
Trade receivables (net of impairment provision)
16,12110,164
Other receivables
3,75814,296
Receivable under buy-back arrangement
5,01431
62,98060,660
The Group has numerous credit terms for various customers. The terms vary f rom cash, monthly and greater depending on
the service and goods provided and the customer relationship. Collateral is not normally required. All trade receivables are
individually reviewed regularly for impairment as part of normal operating procedures and, where appropriate, a provision is
made. Trade receivables less than three months overdue are not considered impaired. Overdue amounts that have not been
provided for relate to customers that have a reliable trading credit history and no recent history of default.
NOTES
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Trade receivable analysis
Debtors past due
3,4197,621
Impairment provision
(1,203)(2,106)
Debtors past due but not impaired
2,2165,515
Debtors current
13,9056,462
Total trade debtors
2716,12111,977
30. Financial risk management (continued)
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Ageing of debtors past due
1-30 days
1,0551,605
31-60 days
1,214624
61-90 days
3231,922
91+ days
8273,470
Total debtors past due
3,4197,621
There is no overdue balance in other receivables and receivables under buy-back arrangement as at 30 June 2021 (2020: nil).
Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, the availability of funding
through an adequate amount of credit facilities and the ability to close out market positions. Due to the dynamic nature of
the underlying businesses, Group Treasury aims to maintain flexibility in funding by rolling the draw downs on a short term
basis and keeping credit lines available.
The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at
the reporting date to the contractual maturity date.
The amounts disclosed are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.
UP TO
1 YEAR
$000’s
BETWEEN
1-2 YEARS
$000’s
BETWEEN
2-5 YEARS
$000’s
GREATER
THAN 5
YEARS
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
CARRYING
VALUE
$000’s
Year ended 30 June 2021
Trade and other payables
22,495–––22,49522,495
Bank borrowings
4,5786,62988,213–99,42086,784
Lease liabilities
12,02510,51223,16949,44095,14673,266
Interest rate and foreign currency derivative contracts*
2,2641,6992,433796,4755,272
41,36218,840113,81549,519223,536187,817
UP TO
1 YEAR
$000’s
BETWEEN
1-2 YEARS
$000’s
BETWEEN
2-5 YEARS
$000’s
GREATER
THAN 5
YEARS
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
CARRYING
VALUE
$000’s
Year ended 30 June 2020
Trade and other payables
33,646–––33,64633,646
Bank borrowings
5,76592,71677,219–175,700163,322
Lease liabilities
10,9709,91825,79163,465110,14481,871
Interest rate and foreign currency derivative contracts*
2,1551,9473,7774578,3369,303
52,536104,581106,78763,922327,826288,142
* The amounts expected to be payable on a net basis in relation to the interest rate swaps have been estimated using forward interest rates
applicable at the reporting date
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021106107
30. Financial risk management (continued)
Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order
to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce
the cost of capital. The Group considers capital to be share capital and interest bearing debt. To maintain or alter the capital
structure the Group has the ability to review the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue
new shares, reduce or increase debt or sell assets.
There are a number of externally imposed bank covenants required as part of seasonal and term debt facilities. These covenants
are calculated monthly and reported to banks quarterly. The most significant covenants relating to capital management are
Net Interest Bearing Debt to EBITDA ratio, and an Equity to Total Assets ratio (net of intangible assets) (note 25). There have been
no breaches or events of review for the current or prior period.
Seasonality
The tourism industry is subject to seasonal fluctuations with peak demand for tourism attractions and transportation over
the summer months. The operating revenue and profits of the Group’s segments are disclosed in note 1. New Zealand and
Australia’s profits are typically generated over the southern hemisphere summer months and the United States of America’s
profits are typically generated over the northern hemisphere summer months. Due to the seasonal nature of the businesses,
the risk profile at year end is not representative of all risks faced during the year.
31. Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Group enters into interest rate swaps and other derivatives to hedge interest rate risk.
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently
remeasured at their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends
on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group
designates certain derivatives as hedges of a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable
forecast transaction (cash flow hedge).
The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items,
as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents
its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging
transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of hedged items.
Movements on the hedging reserve in shareholders’ equity are shown in the notes. The full fair value of hedging derivatives
is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months, and as a
current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months. Trading derivatives are classified
as a current asset or liability.
Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are
recognised in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.
(The gain or loss relating to the interest rate swaps are recognised in interest expenses).
Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the income statement in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or
loss (for instance when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place). The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of interest
rate swaps hedging variable rate borrowings is recognised in the income statement within ‘finance expenses’. The gain or
loss relating to the effective portion of forward foreign exchange contracts hedging export sales is recognised in the income
statement within ‘sales’. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial
asset (for example, inventory) or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from
equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any
cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is
ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative
gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.
31. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
2021
ASSETS
000’S
2021
LIABILITIES
000’S
2020
ASSETS
$000’s
2020
LIABILITIES
$000’s
Interest rate swaps – current portion
–148–110
Foreign currency swaps – current portion
––6–
Cash flow hedges – total current portion
–1486110
Interest rate swaps – non current portion
–5,124–9,193
Cash flow hedges – total non current portion
–5,124–9,193
Total cash flow hedges
–5,27269,303
The ineffective portion recognised in the profit or loss that arises from cash flow hedges in 2021 amount to $251k (2020: nil).
Interest rate swaps
The notional principal amounts of the outstanding interest rate swap contracts at 30 June 2021 were $87,848k (2020: $110,958k).
At 30 June 2021, the fixed interest rates vary from 2.13% to 4.74% (2020: 1.07% to 5.0%).
The liquidity table in note 30 identifies the periods in which the cash flows are expected to occur. The periods in which the cash
flows are expected to impact the profit or loss are materially the same.
Fair values
The carrying amount of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in the financial statements approximates their fair values:
• Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value as discussed below.
• Receivables and payables are short term in nature and, therefore, approximate fair value.
• Interest bearing liabilities re-price at least every 90 days and, therefore, approximate fair value.
Financial instruments of the Group that are measured in the statement of financial position at fair value are classified by level
under the following fair value measurement hierarchy:
Level 1 Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly
(that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived f rom prices).
Level 3 Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).
The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement is categorised is determined on the basis of
the lowest input to the fair value measurement. If a fair value measurement uses observable inputs that require significant
adjustment based on unobservable inputs, the measurement is a Level 3 measurement.
The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as of the date of the event or
change in circumstances that caused the transfer.
As at 30 June 2021 the Group’s assets and liabilities measured at fair values are derivative financial instruments which are
classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy (2020: Level 2), and the Class B preference shares in Togo Group (Note 18)
are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
The methods used in determining fair value are as follows:
Derivative financial instruments
The fair value of derivative financial instruments is calculated using quoted prices. Where such prices are not available, use is
made of discounted cash flow analysis using the applicable yield curve or available forward price data for the duration of the
instruments.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021108109
31. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
The following inputs are used for fair value calculations of derivatives:
• Interest rate forward price curve – Published market swap rates
• Foreign exchange forward prices – Published spot foreign exchange rates and interest rate
differentials
• Discount rate for valuing interest rate derivatives – The discount rates used to value interest rate derivatives are
published market interest rates as applicable to the remaining
life of the instrument
• Discount rate for valuing forward foreign exchange contracts – The discount rates used to value interest rate derivatives are
published market interest rates as applicable to the remaining
life of the instrument
There were no changes to these valuation techniques during the period. There were no transfers of derivative financial
instruments between levels of the fair value hierarchy during the year.
Class B preference shares in Togo Group
The valuation technique to calculate the fair value of class B preference shares in Togo Group has been disclosed in note 18.
The following unobservable inputs are used for the fair value of class B preference shares in Togo Group:
UNOBSERVABLE
INPUTS
SOURCE
OF INPUTSINPUT ADOPTED
REASONABLE
POSSIBLE SHIFT
+/- (ABSOLUTE
VALUE)
CHANGE IN
VALUATION +/-
• Face value of class A shares
in Togo
– The 2020 Agreement between thl and ThorUSD20.18M
Nil*Nil*
• Preferred dividend yield– The 2020 Agreement between thl and Thor3%
Nil*Nil*
• Share price return volatility
of Togo
– Historical volatility estimates of listed
comparator companies
40%
5%+/- USD0.7M
* The input value is stated in the 2020 Agreement between thl and Thor. The implied value of the Class B Shares is therefore capped at USD20.18M.
If the value of the Class B shares shifts down by 20% (Class B shares value reduced to USD$16.1M), this also correspondingly decreases the value of
the call option
32. Cash flow hedge reserve
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Balance at beginning of year
(6,695)(4,483)
Fair value gain/(loss)
4,025(3,074)
Deferred tax on fair value (loss)/gain
(1,127)862
Ineffective interest rate swap transferred to income statement (net of tax)
180–
(3,617)(6,695)
The cash flow hedge reserve is used to record gains or losses on hedging instruments that are recognised directly in equity.
The hedging instruments are used to manage interest rate risk. Amounts are recognised in the income statement when the
associated hedged transaction affects profit and loss.
Section F – Other
In this section
This section includes the remaining information relating to thl’s consolidated financial statements which is required to comply
with financial reporting standards.
33. Related party transactions
Key management compensation
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Salaries and other short term employee benefits
3,9404,461
Share based payments benefits
1,341375
Total positions included in the key management compensation are 12 (2020: 15).
Executive management do not receive any Directors’ fees as Directors of subsidiary companies.
Directors’ fees
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Directors’ fees
660618
Shares issued in lieu of cash
At the 2013 Annual Meeting of shareholders, shareholder approval was obtained for thl to issue shares in whole or in part
payment of directors’ remuneration. Currently, Rob Campbell and Rob Hamilton have elected to receive 50% of their director
fees in shares, and Debbie Birch has elected to receive 33% of her director fees in shares. Shares issued in lieu of directors’ fees
are as follows:
SHARES 000’sVALUE $000’s
20212020 20212020
Shares issued in lieu of cash
6380142160
Shares to be issued to Directors at 30 June
––4221
Grant Brady (Director of AMLP)
Grant Brady, Director of AMLP, is a minority shareholder and director of Bush Road Enterprises Limited. thl subleases
a property in Bush Road which is owned by Bush Road Enterprises Limited. The cost of the subleases and operating expenses
are set out in the table below:
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Cost of sublease and operating expenses
545486
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021110111
33. Related party transactions (continued)
Action Manufacturing LP
Grant Brady is a shareholder in another entity, Alpine Bird Manufacturing Limited, that owned 50% of Action Manufacturing
Limited Partnership (“AMLP”) until 28 February 2021 (note 19). AMLP manufactures the motorhomes and campervans used
by Rentals New Zealand, manufactures motorhomes and parts for Rentals Australia, and manufactures specialty vehicles for
external customers. Pricing is based on the cost of manufacture plus an agreed margin set out in the Limited Partnership
Agreement. During the year, the Group sold certain ex-rental vehicles to AMLP to repurpose and resell. AMLP also subleases
part of the Bush Road property described above.
8 MONTHS TO 28
FEBRUARY 2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Purchase of motorhomes by the Group f rom the joint venture
12,70644,171
Sales of vehicles by the Group to the joint venture
5341,177
Interest charged to the joint venture
3737
Management of Mighway vehicles
105
Just go
In the year ended 30 June 2021 the Group did not purchase motorhomes f rom Just go (June 2020: $13,096k). As at 30 June 2021,
the Group had no commitment to purchase motorhomes f rom Just go (2020: $nil).
Schork Family
As part of the consideration for the acquisition of El Monte Rents Inc, the Group issued 3,384,266 ordinary shares to entities
associated with the Schork family. An entity associated with the Schork family provides warranties to customers of El Monte
Rents Inc - the total amount paid by customers during 2021 was $443k (June 2020: $300k). At the time of the acquisition, the
Group entered into a number of property lease agreements with entities associated with the Schork family. The leases are in
relation to branches used by El Monte RV. The cost of the leases are set out in the table below:
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Total lease payments
3,0343,226
Cathy Quinn
Cathy Quinn was appointed to the Board of Directors in September 2017. Cathy is a consultant and former partner at
MinterEllisonRuddWatts (MinterEllison). MinterEllison has provided legal services to thl. The amounts paid for the legal services
are set out in the table below:
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Legal services
181577
34. Share-based payments
Employee benefits
Share scheme
Share scheme 2009-16
From the 2009 financial year the Group has operated an equity-settled, share-based long term incentive plan for
the Chief Executive and other senior executives under which the Group receives services f rom the executives as
consideration for redeemable ordinary shares of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in
exchange for the grant of the redeemable shares is recognised as an expense in the income statement. The total
amount expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the redeemable shares granted.
Amounts accumulated in the employee share scheme reserve are transferred to share capital on redemption of the
redeemable shares or to retained earnings where they are forfeited or not exercised after the vesting date. At the end
of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of redeemable shares that are expected to vest
based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the
income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to the employee share scheme reserve.
The terms of the scheme are contained in a trust deed, with the following main terms:
1. Redeemable shares are issued and held by THL Corporate Trustee Limited on behalf of the executive.
2. Prior to April 2015 the issue price of the redeemable shares was set based on the volume weighted average price of
Tourism Holdings Limited ordinary shares over the 10 days leading up to the issue date. From April 2015 the issue price
was calculated over a 20 day period leading up to the issue date, to align with the calculation of shares issued to Directors
in lieu of Directors’ fees.
3. One cent is payable on acceptance of the redeemable shares.
4. The redeemable shares are able to be converted to ordinary shares at the election of the executive after a minimum of two
years at a rate of one third of the issue per year. The exercise price payable by the executive is the issue price plus a cost of
equity adjustment for two years, less dividends paid for two years.
5. The redeemable shares are entitled to dividends only to the extent that they are paid up.
6. The maximum period that the redeemable shares can be on issue is six years.
7. Valuation of the redeemable shares for accounting purposes is done by KPMG using the Binomial Option Pricing Model.
The assessed value is charged to the income statement over the life of the scheme/option with a corresponding credit
to the employee share scheme reserve.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021112113
34. Share-based payments (continued)
Movements in the number of redeemable shares outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices under the
2009 scheme are as follows:
AVERAGE
EXERCISE
PRICE*2016 GRANT2015 GRANT2014 GRANT
TOTAL
REDEEMABLE
SHARES
At 30 June 2019
$2.291,085,630569,866200,0001,855,496
FY2020 transactions
Redeemable shares exercised
$1.79(100,000)(76,666)(200,000)(376,666)
At 30 June 2020
985,630493,200–1,478,830
FY2021 transactions
Redeemable shares exercised
$1.84–(150,000)–(150,000)
Redeemable shares cancelled/forfeited
$1.63–(343,200)–(343,200)
At 30 June 2021
985,630––985,630
* Exercise price is issue price, less 1 cent paid, less dividends paid for two years, plus a cost of equity adjustment for two years
Convertible shares at 30 June 2021 were 985,630 (2020: 1,478,830).
Redeemable shares outstanding at year end have the following expiry dates and exercise prices:
EXPIRY DATE
EXERCISE
PRICE*
2021
REDEEMABLE
SHARES
2020
REDEEMABLE
SHARES
October 2020
$1.47–193,200
March 2021
$1.84–300,000
April 2022
$2.79985,630985,630
Redeemable shares outstanding
$2.79985,6301,478,830
Valuation of redeemable shares
221,767301,766
The value of the redeemable shares calculated using the Binomial Option Pricing Model is being amortised over the life of the
redeemable share rights. No expense in 2021 (2020: $15k) will accumulate in the employee share scheme reserve.
In arriving at the value of the redeemable share rights under the Binomial Option Pricing Model the following inputs have
been used:
20162015
Issue price$2.57
$1.41
& $1.78
Forecast dividend yield over the life of the transfer rights
6.1%8.9%
Risk f ree rate of interest over the exercise period of the share transfer rights
3.40%3.30%
Volatility of Tourism Holdings Limited share price returns mid point
23.0%26.0%
Cost of equity adjustment p.a.
12.30%11.50%
Note: the exercise prices above are adjusted for any dividends paid to date, but make no assumption about future dividends,
which will be deducted f rom the exercise price.
34. Share-based payments (continued)
Share scheme 2017
In the 2017 financial year the Group introduced an equity-settled, share-based long term incentive plan for the Chief
Executive and other senior executives under which the Group receives services f rom the executives as consideration
for Options to purchase ordinary shares of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for
the grant of the Options is recognised as an expense in the income statement. The total amount to be expensed is
determined by reference to the fair value of the Options granted.
Amounts accumulated in the employee share scheme reserve are transferred to share capital on the exercise of
the Options or to retained earnings where they are forfeited. At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises
its estimates of the number of Options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions.
It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding
adjustment to the employee share scheme reserve.
The terms of the 2017 scheme are contained in a document entitled ‘The Rules of the Tourism Holdings Long Term Incentive
Scheme 2017’.
1. Options to purchase ordinary shares are issued to executives by the Board.
2. The option price is set based on the volume weighted average price of Tourism Holdings Limited ordinary shares over the
20 days leading up to the grant date.
3. The options can be exercised at the election of the employee after a minimum of two years f rom the grant date. A maximum
of one third of the options can be exercised after two years, two thirds after three years and all options can be exercised after
four years. After six years, the options lapse and there is no further right to exercise. The exercise price payable by the executive
is the option price plus a cost of equity adjustment for two years, less dividends paid for two years.
4. The participants holding options have no interest in the ordinary shares that are the subject of the options, until the options
are exercised and ordinary shares issued.
5. Valuation of the options for accounting purposes is done by KPMG using the Binomial Option Pricing Model. The assessed
value is charged to the income statement over the life of the scheme/option with a corresponding credit to the employee
share scheme reserve.
Movements in options granted under the 2017 scheme are as follows:
ISSUED PRICE2021 GRANT2020 GRANT2019 GRANT 2018 GRANT2017 GRANTTOTAL OPTIONS
At 30 June 2019
––1,160,000786,666893,3332,839,999
FY2020 transactions
Options granted
$1.29–1,440,000–––1,440,000
At 30 June 2020
1,440,0001,160,000786,666893,3334,279,999
FY2021 transactions
Options granted
$2.272,155,000––––2,155,000
Options cancelled
–(360,000)(345,000)(106,667)(40,000)(851,667)
At 30 June 2021
2,155,0001,080,000815,000679,999853,3335,583,332
The exercise price will be calculated as the issue price less dividends paid for two years, plus a cost of equity adjustment for
two years.
The value of the share transfer rights is calculated using the Binomial Option Pricing Model and is being amortised over the
life of the share transfer rights. The 2021 expense of $306k (2020: $360k) will accumulate in the employee share scheme reserve.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021114115
34. Share-based payments (continued)
In arriving at the value of the share transfer rights under the Binomial Option Pricing Model the following inputs have been used:
20212020
Issue price
$2.27$1.29
Forecast dividend yield over the life of the transfer rights
6.00%9.20%
Risk f ree rate of interest over the exercise period of the share transfer rights
0.58%1.17%
Volatility of Tourism Holdings Limited share price returns mid point
35.00%32.3%
Cost of equity adjustment
10.61%11.0%
Share scheme 2020
In the 2021 financial year the Group introduced an equity-settled, share-based short term retention plan (FY21
Scheme) in lieu of the cash based short term incentive scheme for employees that are eligible per the terms of
their employment.
Under the FY21 Scheme, the Group receives services f rom employees as consideration for (a) Share Options to
purchase ordinary shares of Tourism Holdings Limited at a pre-determined exercise price, and/or (b) Share Rights
that can be exercised for the issue of ordinary shares of Tourism Holdings Limited, with no exercise price. The fair value
of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the Share Options and Share Rights is recognised as
an expense in the income statement, with a corresponding increase in equity. The total amount to be expensed is
determined by reference to the fair value of the Share Options and Share Rights granted. Amounts accumulated in
the employee share scheme reserve are transferred to share capital on the exercise of the Share Options and Share
Rights, or to retained earnings where they are forfeited or not exercised after the vesting date. At the end of each
reporting period, the Group revises its estimate of the number of Share Options and Share Rights that are expected to
vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in
the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to the employee share scheme reserve.
The terms of the 2020 scheme are contained in a document entitled ‘The Tourism Holdings Short Term Incentive Scheme 2020’.
(1) Share Options to purchase ordinary shares, and Share Rights that can be exercised for the issue of ordinary shares, are issued
to eligible employees by the Board.
(2) The Share Option price is equal to the volume weighted average price of Tourism Holdings Limited ordinary shares over the
20 trading days leading up to the date on which the offer is provided.
(3) 50% of the Share Options and Share Rights vest 12 months after the grant date, and the remaining 50% vest 24 months
after the grant date. After the Share Options and Share Rights have vested, they can be exercised by the employee by giving
notice to the Group.
(4) The Share Rights lapse if not exercised by the employee by the latter of:
(a) sixty (60) days after the applicable vesting date; and
(b) the end of the calendar year in which the vesting date occurred.
The Share Options lapse if not exercised by the employee within six years of the grant date.
(5) The exercise price payable by the employee for the Share Rights is nil. The exercise price payable by the employee for the
Share Options is the option price.
(6) The participants holding Share Rights and Share Options have no interest in the ordinary shares that are the subject of the
Share Options or Share Rights, until the Share Options or Share Rights are exercised and ordinary shares issued.
(7) A valuation of the Share Options for accounting purposes is done by KPMG using the Binomial Option Pricing Model. The
assessed value is charged to the income statement over the life of the option with a corresponding credit to the employee
share scheme reserve.
34. Share-based payments (continued)
Movements in share rights granted under the 2021 scheme are as follows:
ISSUED PRICE2021 GRANTTOTAL RIGHTS
FY2021 transactions
Rights granted
$2.00939,630939,630
At 30 June 2021
939,630939,630
The 2021 expense of $1,398k will accumulate in the employee share scheme reserve.
Movements in share options granted under the 2021 scheme are as follows:
ISSUED PRICE2021 GRANTTOTAL OPTIONS
FY2021 transactions
Options granted
$2.01672,835672,835
At 30 June 2021
672,835672,835
The 2021 expense of $283k will accumulate in the executive share scheme reserve.
In arriving at the value of the share transfer rights under the Binomial Option Pricing Model the following inputs have been used:
2021
Risk f ree rate of interest over the exercise period of the share transfer rights
0.42%
Volatility of Tourism Holdings Limited share price returns mid point
30.00%
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021116117
35. Reconciliation of (loss)/profit after taxation with cash flows from operating activities for the year
ended 30 June 2021
In accordance with NZ IAS 7 the Group classifies cash flows from the sale and purchase of rental assets as operating cash
flows. Where the timing of receipts and payments is of a short term nature, the cash flows are presented on a net basis.
NOTES
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Operating (loss)/profit after tax
(14,514)27,356
Plus/(less) non-cash items:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
1239,30954,166
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
138,2217,807
Amortisation of fixed term intangibles
171,1671,160
Amortisation of executive share scheme
342,112375
Movement in deferred taxation
(1,901)(7,431)
Increase/(decrease) in provision for doubtful debts
(903)1,125
Interest
10(214)
Impairment of assets
17463,256
Share of (profit)/loss from joint venture and associates
19, 20(736)9,526
Non-cash Director remuneration
164136
Fair value (gain)/losses on financial assets at FVPL
(1,178)–
Gain on termination of Mangere lease
(1,621)–
Total non-cash items
44,69069,906
Plus/(less) items classified as investing activities:
Net loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
822110
Net gain recognised in relation to the Togo Group transaction
–(683)
Net loss recognised in relation to the AMLP transaction
191,406–
Total items classified as investing activities
2,228(573)
Reclassification of cash flows associated with rental assets
Net book value of rental assets sold
157,993100,923
Purchase of rental assets
(119,922)(108,790)
Total cash flows associated with rental assets
38,071(7,867)
Trading cash flow
70,47588,822
Plus/(less) movements in working capital:
(Decrease)/increase in trade payables excluding rental assets
2,068(4,598)
(Decrease)/increase in revenue received in advance
(346)(14,141)
(Decrease)/increase in provision for taxation
384(1,477)
(Decrease)/increase in employee benefits
122(1,317)
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
10,6291,823
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
3,644(23)
Total movements in working capital
16,501(19,733)
Net cash flows from operating activities
86,97669,089
35. Reconciliation of (loss)/profit after taxation with cash flows from operating activities (continued)
Net debt reconciliation
This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in the net debt.
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Cash and cash equivalents
38,08735,514
Total cash and cash equivalents
38,08735,514
Borrowings, short-term
(125)–
Borrowings, long-term
(86,659)(163,322)
Lease liabilities, short-term
(8,787)(7,304)
Lease liabilities, long-term
(64,479)(74,567)
Net debt
(121,963)(209,679)
Cash and cash equivalents
38,08735,514
Gross debt – variable interest rates
––
Gross debt – fixed interest rates
(160,050)(245,193)
Net debt
(121,963)(209,679)
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, cheques, deposits held at call with financial institutions and bank overdrafts.
There is no restricted cash as at 30 June 2021 (2020: nil).
ASSETSLIABILITIES FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
CASH/BANK
OVERDRAFT
BORROWINGS
DUE WITHIN
ONE YEAR
BORROWINGS
DUE AFTER
ONE YEARTOTAL
Balance at 1 July 2019
8,837(46)(210,980)(202,189)
Cash flow
26,3904652,74279,178
Foreign exchange adjustment
287–(5,084)(4,797)
Non-cash movement – lease liabilities
–(7,304)(74,567)(81,871)
Net debt at 30 June 2020
35,514(7,304)(237,889)(209,679)
Balance at 1 July 2020
35,514(7,304)(237,889)(209,679)
Cash flow
4,389–74,56778,956
Foreign exchange adjustment
(1,816)–2,096280
Non-cash movement – AMLP acquisition
–(125)–(125)
Non-cash movement – lease liabilities
–(1,483)10,0888,605
Net debt at 30 June 2021
38,087(8,912)(151,138)(121,963)
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021118119
36. Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax loss carry-forwards to the extent that the realisation of the related tax
benefit through the future taxable profits is probable.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets
against current liabilities and when the deferred income tax relate to the same fiscal authority.
The gross movement on the deferred income tax account is as follows:
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Beginning of the year
10,23022,224
Income statement charge – provision
148(2,577)
Income statement charge – property plant and equipment
(4,753)(2,858)
Tax losses
287(4,156)
Losses to utilise to generate cash refund
–2,835
Adjustment for US tax losses carried back
1
2,510(1,085)
Adjustment on adoption of NZ IFRS 16
–(3,504)
Tax charged to equity-derivative
610(649)
End of the year
9,03210,230
2021
$000’S
2020
$000’s
Amounts recognised in income statement
Provisions
(5,172) (4,395)
Property, plant and equipment
35,72641,946
Tax losses
(18,321)(19,711)
Tax credits
1
–(2,510)
Leases
(2,284)(3,504)
Amounts recognised directly in equity
Derivative financial instruments
(917)(1,596)
Net deferred tax liability
9,03210,230
30 JUNE 2021
$000’S
30 JUNE 2020
$000’s
Deferred tax assets
(957)(1,656)
Deferred tax liabilities
9,98911,886
Net deferred tax liability
9,03210,230
1
Tax credits include tax losses in the US which were rolled back to previous tax years prior to the rate change where tax had been filed at the
higher rate
37. Fire in Mangere, Auckland
On 3 September 2020 a fire broke out at the Mangere rental branch in Auckland. As a result of the fire, the Mangere branch
is unusable and a new branch has been established to enable the continuation of normal rental operations for the next three
years. The Mangere branch was a leased premise. The Group has insurance policies in relation to business interruption, material
damages and rental vehicles. The insurer has confirmed the acceptance of the claim and all significant costs associated with
the fire are expected to be fully covered.
Insurance proceeds to cover the assets that were written off and damaged as a result of the fire have been recognised as
income. Insurance proceeds for other costs incurred (business interruption costs and other ongoing costs as a result of the fire)
are recognised as income when the costs are incurred.
37. Fire in Mangere, Auckland (continued)
The Group has recognised the following amounts for the year ended 30 June 2021:
30 JUNE 2021
$000’S
Insurance recoveries received
1,826
Insurance recoveries receivable
1,286
Leasehold improvements and inventories written off
(1,164)
Rental vehicles written off (11 motorhomes)*
(678)
Cost of repair damaged rental vehicles
(131)
Other ongoing costs incurred
(1,009)
Net profit before tax impact
130
* At 30 June 2020, in the note “Events after the reporting period”, the Group estimated 19 motorhomes to be categorised by the loss adjuster
as destroyed, due to their positioning within the building. This has since been assessed and 8 motorhomes have been re-categorised to
economically viable to repair
38. Changes in accounting policies and disclosures
Issued standards and amendments effective from 1 July 2020
There are no new or amended standards which have been adopted in the year ended 30 June 2021 that have a material
impact on the Group.
Following the publication of the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) agenda decision on Configuration or Customisation
costs in a Cloud Computing Arrangement in March 2021, the Group has considered and concluded that there is no change of
accounting policy required.
During the year ended 30 June 2021, thl received rent concessions due to COVID-19. The Group did not assess whether the
rent concessions qualify as lease modifications, as a practical expedient was applied, in accordance with the COVID-19-Related
Rent Concessions amendment to NZ IFRS 16 Leases as issued in May 2020 and approved in New Zealand in June 2020.
39. Contingencies
As at 30 June 2021 the Group has bank guarantees of $1,622k in place. Predominantly these are in lieu of bonds paid
relating to leased assets (2020: $1,113k).
40. Events after the reporting period
The global impact of COVID-19 is ongoing, and continues to have a financial impact on the Group. Subsequent to 30 June
2021, there have been varying degrees of border restrictions and lock-down requirements in each of the jurisdictions that
the Group operates in, particularly with the confirmation of community spread of the COVID-19 delta variant in Australia and,
most recently, in New Zealand. The recent changes in COVID-19 alert levels in New Zealand and the different form of lockdown
requirements in other jurisdictions did not result in any changes to the forecast covenant compliance or to the Group’s
impairment assessment.
There were no other material events that occurred subsequent to the reporting date which require recognition or additional
disclosure in these financial statements.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021120121
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
123
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
To the Shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
Independent auditor’s report
To the Shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
Our opinion
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Tourism Holdings Limited (the Company), including its
subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2021, its financial
performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
What we have audited
The Group's consolidated financial statements comprise:
• the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2021;
• the consolidated income statement for the year then ended;
• the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
• the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
• the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
• the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include significant accounting
policies and other explanatory information.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs (NZ)) and International
Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for
the audit of the consolidated financial statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for
Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand
Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including
International Independence Standards) issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and
we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
Our firm carries out other services for the Group in the areas of agreed upon procedures in relation to: Waitomo lease
compliance for FY20, the interim financial statements, quarterly banking compliance certificate, holiday pay calculation
remediation and COVID-19 payroll changes assessment. In addition, certain partners and employees of our firm may purchase
goods or use the services of the Company on normal terms within the ordinary course of the trading activities of the Group.
These relationships and provision of other services have not impaired our independence as auditor of the Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the
consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the
consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate
opinion on these matters.
DESCRIPTION OF THE KEY AUDIT MATTERHOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER
Funding requirements and forecast compliance with bank
financial covenants, including the ongoing impact of
COVID-19
As at 30 June 2021, the Group’s bank borrowings were $84.5
million. Note 25 Borrowings explains that the Group entered
into an amended facility agreement on 14 June 2021 for debt
funding committed facilities of approximately $250 million,
maturing between June 2023 and June 2024, with certain
financial covenants.
Those covenants include a requirement for the Group to
meet an EBITDA target (tested quarterly) f rom the period
ending 30 September 2021, and if not achieved, a leverage
ratio covenant applies.
The Group has assessed forecast compliance with these
covenants by preparing a cash flow scenario based forecast
for the Group for the next four years and using the forecast
to calculate the expected performance against the financial
covenants at future calculation dates. The assessment
prepared by the Group shows compliance with covenants at
all dates.
We consider this as a key audit matter because forecasts
are inherently subjective, with key assumptions based on
estimates and judgement, coupled with the uncertainties of
the ongoing effect of COVID-19 on the Group’s performance
and cash flows.
We obtained an understanding of the controls implemented
by management over forecast compliance with covenants
and assessed whether they were appropriately designed and
implemented.
We read the amended bank borrowing facility agreement
and understood the amended covenant requirements and
undertakings.
We obtained management’s forecast, including the
forecast calculations to assess compliance against relevant
covenants for at least 12 months f rom the date of approval
of the consolidated financial statements, and performed the
following procedures:
• compared management’s forecast to the board approved
budget, noting that any differences do not change the
outcome of the assessment;
• understood management’s forecasting process and the
basis for determining the key assumptions;
• assessed management’s historical forecasting reliability
by comparing the Group’s actual results against the
forecast over the last three years. Where actual results
deviated f rom historical forecast results, we understood the
underlying reasons and considered the potential impact on
the reliability of the forecast prepared in the current year;
• tested the mathematical accuracy of the forecast model;
• assessed the reasonableness of the key assumptions
incorporated in the forecast;
• reviewed the forecast sensitivity analysis performed by
management and overlaid this with our own assessment
and assumptions;
• assessed the impact of the most recent results, subsequent
to balance date, to the forecast assumptions and forecast
covenant compliance;
• reperformed the forecast covenant compliance calculations
at the calculation dates for at least 12 months f rom the date
of approval of the consolidated financial statements; and
• considered the adequacy of disclosures in note 25 to the
consolidated financial statements in accordance with the
relevant accounting standards.
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021122
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021124125
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
To the Shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
To the Shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
DESCRIPTION OF THE KEY AUDIT MATTERHOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER
Valuation of financial asset at fair value through profit or loss
The Group’s retained interest in Togo Group in the form of
Class B preference shares with a carrying amount of $20.8
million at 30 June 2021 (2020: $21.4 million) is a financial asset
measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL) (note 29).
The financial asset’s fair value was determined based on the
value of the Class B preference shares less the value of the call
option component. The Group utilised an external valuation
expert to determine the value of the financial asset as at the
date of the Togo exit transaction, using the consideration value
agreed by both Thor Industries and the Group as part of the
exit arrangement, to derive the value of the Class B preference
shares and using a Black-Scholes model to determine the call
option value.
In determining the valuation of the financial asset at 30 June
2021, the Group has applied certain assumptions, estimates
and judgements to determine the valuation of the financial
asset at FVPL as disclosed in note 18 and the inputs and
sensitivities are disclosed in note 31 of the consolidated
financial statements.
Due to the subjectivity in valuing the financial asset, and the
start-up nature of the Togo Group, it could result in a material
misstatement of the valuation of the financial asset, and
therefore is a key audit matter.
In considering the valuation of the retained interest in Togo
Group, we performed the following:
• understood through discussion with management
and the Board the basis of the assumptions used in the
valuation, and where appropriate, obtained supporting
documentation;
• engaged our valuation expert to assess the reasonableness
of the methodology and assumptions used; and
• assessed the adequacy of disclosures, including
the sensitivity analysis as disclosed in note 31 of the
consolidated financial statements, in accordance with
the relevant accounting standards.
DESCRIPTION OF THE KEY AUDIT MATTERHOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER
Impairment assessment of non-financial assets, including
the ongoing impact of COVID-19
The Group tests intangible assets with indefinite useful
lives annually for impairment and tests other non-financial
assets for impairment whenever there are indicators that
the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The ongoing
economic impact of COVID-19 on the tourism industry
worldwide is an impairment indicator.
The Group has performed the impairment assessment
by comparing each of the cash generating unit’s (CGU)
recoverable amount, determined using value in use (VIU),
with each of the CGU’s carrying amount (note 17).
In preparing the VIU assessment, the Board of Directors
(the Board) took into account the current profitability of the
Group and the ongoing impact of COVID-19 on each of the
CGU’s operations.
The Board also considered the impairment on an individual
asset basis, with particular focus on the following non-
financial assets, by:
• analysing recoverability of ex-rental motorhomes through
sale to determine whether there is an indication of
impairment of motorhome vehicle assets; and
• assessing the impact of onerous leases to the
right-of-use assets.
The impairment assessment was a key focus area of our audit
due to the inherent judgement in assessing impairments
and the ongoing impacts of COVID-19 on the assumptions
applied by the Board in their impairment assessment.
We obtained an understanding of the controls implemented
by management over impairment assessments and
considered whether they were appropriately designed and
implemented.
In considering the impairment assessments for each CGU,
we performed the following:
• obtained the Group’s impairment assessment and model
and held discussions with management to understand:
– the Group’s continued strategy in navigating through
the ongoing impact of COVID-19;
– the current performance of each CGU and the
forecasts; and
– the basis for determining the key assumptions in
preparing the impairment models.
• considered whether the methodology applied was
appropriate and tested the mathematical accuracy of the
impairment models;
• compared actual results to forecast performance for
the past three financial years, understood reasons for
deviations, analysed key trends and considered the impact
on our assessment of forecast earnings;
• considered the actual results for the month of July 2021
against budget; and
• engaged our auditor’s valuation expert to:
– assess the valuation methodology underlying the
impairment analysis including the mechanical
calculation of the impairment models;
– assess the reasonableness of the discount rate, terminal
value methodology and assumptions; and
– perform a fair value less costs of disposal assessment as
an alternative recoverable amount for the US CGU.
In considering the impairment on an individual asset basis,
we focused on motorhome vehicles and right-of-use assets
and performed the following:
• compared the carrying value of ex-rental motorhomes sold
during the year to the selling price to determine whether
there were any indicators of unrecognised impairment; and
• understood the impact of onerous leases, if any, to the
right-of-use assets.
We also assessed the adequacy of disclosures in note 12 and
note 16, including the sensitivity analysis disclosed in note 17
of the consolidated financial statements, in accordance with
the relevant accounting standards.
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021126127
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
To the Shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
To the Shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
DESCRIPTION OF THE KEY AUDIT MATTERHOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER
Residual values and depreciation rates for motorhomes
The Group generates revenue f rom motorhomes through
rental income and the sale of motorhomes f rom its ex-rental
fleet that have been reclassified to inventory. As disclosed in
note 12 of the consolidated financial statements, the net book
value of motorhomes at 30 June 2021 was $274.1 million, after
$35.7 million of depreciation charged for the year. The total
net book value of motorhomes reclassified to inventory at
balance date was $36.0 million. As disclosed in note 2 of the
consolidated financial statements, during the year the Group
sold motorhomes for $229.1 million with a total cost of sales of
$186.0 million.
The method of estimating the depreciation rate, which
includes an estimation of residual values, is detailed in note 12
of the consolidated financial statements.
The estimation of an appropriate depreciation rate for
motorhomes directly affects both depreciation expense and
the net book value of ex-rental fleet reclassified to inventory,
and can therefore have a significant impact on both the
current and future profit of the Group, which is why we have
given this area specific audit focus and attention.
We obtained an understanding of the controls implemented
by management over their review of residual values
and depreciation rates and assessed whether they were
appropriately designed and implemented.
We performed the following audit procedures to assess the
judgements made by management in determining the
residual values and depreciation rates for motorhomes:
• updated our understanding of the relevant business
processes and management’s annual assessment of
motorhome residual values and depreciation rates;
• considered whether the methodology applied and data
used were consistent with prior period. Where changes
were noted, further procedures were performed to assess
reasonableness of such changes;
• tested mathematical accuracy of the calculations
supporting management’s analysis;
• for a sample of motorhomes sold during the year,
compared the sales proceeds to the carrying amount (i.e.
the depreciated net book value) and recalculated the profit
or loss on sale;
• compared the actual sales margin and depreciation rates
achieved during the year to historical and forecasted
results. Where actual results deviate from historical and/or
forecasted results, we understood the underlying reasons
and considered the potential impact on current and future
depreciation rates;
• assessed whether depreciation rates applied were
consistent with the accounting policy and recalculated the
depreciation charge for the year; and
• considered the adequacy of disclosure, including the
appropriateness of the sensitivity analysis as disclosed
in note 12, in accordance with the relevant accounting
standards.
Our audit approach
Overview
Overall group materiality: $1,400,000, which approximately represents 4% of a three year weighted average
operating profit before financing costs.
We chose this approach as it reduces the impact of one off results which do not reflect the long term
performance of the business.
We identified subsidiaries that, due to their financially significant contribution as well as strategic
importance to the Group’s overall results, required a full-scope audit. In addition, we also performed
specific audit procedures on certain balances and transactions of other subsidiaries. Audits of each
subsidiary are performed at a materiality level calculated with reference to a proportion of the Group
materiality relative to the financial significance of the business concerned.
As reported above, our key audit matters are:
• Funding requirements and forecast compliance with bank financial covenants, including the
ongoing impact of COVID-19
• Impairment assessment of non-financial assets, including the ongoing impact of COVID-19
• Valuation of financial asset at fair value through profit or loss
• Residual values and depreciation rates for motorhomes.
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the consolidated
financial statements. In particular, we considered where management made subjective judgements; for example, in respect
of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently
uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among other
matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due to f raud.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is designed to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to
fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the consolidated financial statements.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for materiality, including the overall Group
materiality for the consolidated financial statements as a whole as set out above. These, together with qualitative considerations,
helped us to determine the scope of our audit, the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect
of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate, on the consolidated financial statements as a whole.
How we tailored our group audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide an opinion on the consolidated
financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the
industry in which the Group operates.
Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Annual
report, but does not include the consolidated financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of
audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed
on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
129thl Integrated Annual Report 2021128
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
To the Shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
Corporate governance
For the year ended 30 June 2021
PricewaterhouseCoopers, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand
T: +64 9 355 8000, F: +64 9 355 8001, pwc.co.nz
Tourism Holdings Limited (‘thl’) operates under a set of corporate governance principles designed to ensure that thl is
effectively managed. The Board is committed to the continued development of thl’s corporate governance practices by
reviewing and developing its corporate governance policies and monitoring developments to keep abreast of corporate
governance best practice.
thl’s corporate governance f ramework includes:
• The constitution of thl, which describes the ‘rules’ under which the Company operates, including issue and other share
transactions, distributions, shareholder meetings, Director appointment, remuneration and powers, and the conduct of
Board and shareholder meetings.
• The Board Charter and sub-committee charters, which set out the roles and responsibilities of the Directors.
• The Code of Ethics, which outlines the standards of ethical behaviour expected of Directors, staff and contractors.
• The Market Disclosure Policy, which outlines the policy around disclosure of company information, including the
commitment to compliance with continuous disclosure requirements.
• The Securities Trading Policy, which outlines policy and guidelines around trading in thl securities by Directors,
officers and staff.
• The Diversity Policy, which outlines the commitment to diversity in Board, Executive and staff appointments.
• The Delegated Authority Policy, which outlines the delegation of authority by the Board to management,
and the authorisation levels at which Board approval is required.
thl’s governance practices have been reviewed against the recommendations of the NZX Corporate Governance Code (‘Code’).
The Board considers that the thl governance f ramework and practices for the year ended 30 June 2021 are in compliance with
the recommendations of the Code, except in respect of the setting of measurable objectives for diversity, as further noted on
page 132. The information in this Governance Report is current as at 25 August 2021 and has been approved by the thl Board.
thl’s corporate governance policies and charters are available on its website at www.thlonline.com.
Principle 1 – Ethical behaviour
“Directors should set high standards of ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and hold management accountable for
these standards being followed throughout the organisation.”
thl is committed to being a good corporate citizen. The Company expects Directors, employees and contractors to practise
high ethical standards in the performance of their duties, to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, cooperate with
all regulatory bodies and Government agencies, and use Company assets and resources only for the legitimate and ethical
achievement of its objectives.
thl has adopted a Code of Ethics to ensure it maintains such high ethical standards and reinforces thl’s commitment to the
community. The Code of Ethics addresses the areas of ethical business practices, insider trading, conflicts of interest and use of
Company property, amongst other matters. The Code of Ethics is available at www.thlonline.com.
Securities Trading Policy
thl has in place a formal Securities Trading Policy and guidelines which applies to all Directors, officers and employees of thl
and its subsidiaries who intend to trade in thl listed securities.
All individuals defined as “restricted persons” under that policy must notify thl of their intention to trade and obtain approval
f rom the Board before trading in thl’s shares. No trading in shares is permitted in ‘blackout periods’ f rom 1 June each year until
48 hours after the release of the full year results and f rom 1 December each year until 48 hours after the release of the half year
results, except in exceptional circumstances. In the year ending 30 June 2021, no consent was provided for any restricted persons
to trade during a blackout period.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the consolidated financial statements
The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial
statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable
the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting
unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements, as a whole, are
f ree f rom material misstatement, whether due to f raud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs
(NZ) and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise f rom f raud or error and are
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions
of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements is located at the External
Reporting Board’s website at:
https://www.xrb.govt.nz/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Who we report to
This report is made solely to the Company’s Shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might
state those matters which we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s
Shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report or for the opinions we have formed.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Lisa Crooke.
For and on behalf of:
Chartered Accountants Auckland
25 August 2021
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021130131
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Principle 2 – Board composition and performance (continued)
Roles and Responsibilities of the Board
The Board is committed to managing thl in an ethical and professional manner, and in the best interests of the Company
and its shareholders. thl has a Board Charter, available on its website, which amongst other matters sets out the specific
responsibilities of the Board, including the following:
• Oversight of thl, including its control and accountability procedures and systems;
• Appointment, performance and removal of the Chief Executive Officer;
• Confirmation of the appointment and removal of the senior executives (being the direct reports to the
Chief Executive Officer);
• Setting the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, approval of the remuneration
of the senior executives, and the adoption of thl ’s remuneration policy;
• Overseeing the development, adoption and communication of the corporate strategy and objectives and oversight
of the adequacy of thl ’s resources required to achieve the strategic objectives;
• Approval of and monitoring of actual results against the annual business plan and budget (including the
capital expenditure plan);
• Review and ratification of thl ’s risk management f ramework, internal compliance and control, codes of conduct,
and legal compliance;
• Approval and monitoring of the progress of capital expenditures, capital management initiatives, and acquisitions
and divestments;
• Overseeing accounting and reporting systems and thl ’s compliance with its continuous disclosure obligations;
• Approval of the annual and half-year financial statements;
• Setting measurable objectives for achieving diversity with the organisation; and
• Adopting and reviewing thl ’s risk management f ramework.
Board performance evaluation and training
On an annual basis the Chair conducts a review of Board performance. A review using an independent external facilitator is
conducted bi-annually. Board Committees review performance against their Charters on an annual basis. The Remuneration &
Nomination Committee is responsible for ensuring Directors remain up to date with relevant training.
Director appointment and nomination
The policy for appointment and retirement of Directors is contained within thl ’s constitution and Board Charter. In accordance
with the thl ’s Listing Rules, Directors must not hold office (without re-election) past the third Annual Meeting following their
appointment or three years, whichever is longer.
Rob Campbell and Debbie Birch shall retire by rotation at the 2021 Annual Meeting and, being eligible, will offer themselves for
re-election.
The process for the nomination of Directors is set out in the Remuneration & Nomination Committee Charter. The
Remuneration & Nomination Committee is responsible for identifying and assessing the necessary and desirable competencies
and characteristics for Board membership, and maintaining a skills matrix setting out the mix of skills and diversity that the
Board currently has or is looking to achieve in its membership.
thl has entered into a written agreement with each of its Directors, setting out the terms of their appointment. thl ’s terms of
appointment for Directors is set out at Schedule 1 of the thl Board Charter.
Principle 1 – Ethical behaviour (continued)
Trading is permitted outside the blackout periods, provided the restricted person confirms that they do not hold any material
information and that they are not aware of any reason that would prohibit them f rom trading. Any trading must be completed
within 10 trading days of approval being given. Restricted persons are defined in the policy as:
• all Directors;
• the Chief Executive Officer (CEO);
• all members of the senior management team and their direct reports;
• the administrative staff of the senior management team;
• all employees in the finance department;
• trusts and companies controlled by such persons;
• anyone notified by the CFO from time to time; and
• anyone participating in the Long-Term Incentive Scheme.
The Securities Trading Policy is available at www.thlonline.com.
Principle 2 – Board composition and performance
“To ensure an effective Board, there should be a balance of independence, skills, knowledge, experience and perspectives.”
Board skills and expertise
thl’s Board is comprised of Directors who have a mix of skills, knowledge, experience and diversity to adequately meet and
discharge its responsibilities and to add value to the Company through efficient and effective governance and leadership. The
current Directors have a varied and balanced mix of skills, including extensive operational experience, knowledge of the tourism
industry, as well as extensive experience in capital markets, growth and global transactions.
Below is a summary of the key skills and expertise held by the Board, which are considered most relevant to effectively fulfilling
the Board’s current objectives:
• Corporate governance experience, including publicly listed company experience;
• Global business experience in multi-site operations;
• Tourism industry experience;
• Experience in development and execution of growth strategies;
• Experience with digital innovation;
• Sustained positive people leadership;
• Community and Iwi engagement;
• Focus on deployment and management of capital for a strong return on funds employed;
• Investment banking, capital markets and M&A transaction experience;
• Legal and regulatory expertise;
• Financial governance and audit oversight;
• Health and safety governance and management experience;
• Treasury and funding expertise;
• Economics - global and local New Zealand expertise; and
• International business leadership and CEO and CFO experience.
Individual Director profiles are set out in the Board of Directors section.
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021132133
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Principle 3 – Board Committees (continued)
The Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is comprised solely of Non-Executive Directors of the Board, a majority of whom must be independent
Directors. The Chair of the Audit Committee must not be the Chair of the Board.
The Committee meets a minimum of three times each year. The Audit Committee has oversight of, and assists the Board to
fulfil its responsibilities in, the areas of financial reporting, audit functions, and risk management and control. thl employees are
able to attend Audit Committee meetings f rom time to time by invitation f rom the Committee.
The Audit Committee oversees thl ’s internal audit work programme based on thl ’s risk management f ramework. An internal
audit work plan is developed each year, with internal audit assignments completed by the internal finance function, with external
support as required. The business has a separate health and safety function, with regular reporting to Board and management.
The current composition of the Audit Committee is Rob Hamilton (Chair), Debbie Birch, Rob Campbell, Cathy Quinn and
Gráinne Troute.
Remuneration & Nomination Committee
The Remuneration & Nomination Committee is comprised of at least three Non-Executive Directors of the Board, a majority
of whom must be independent Directors.
The Committee meets a minimum of two times each year. The Remuneration & Nomination Committee supports the Board
on matters relating to human resources and remuneration. It assesses the role and responsibilities, composition, training and
membership requirements and remuneration for the Board, including recommendations for the appointment and removal
of Directors.
The current composition of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee is Gráinne Troute (Chair), Rob Campbell and
Guorong Qian. Management may attend meetings of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee by invitation only.
Market Disclosure Committee
The Market Disclosure Committee is comprised of the Chair of the Board, the Chair of the Audit Committee and the
Chair of the Sustainability & Risk Committee. Also in attendance are Grant Webster (Chief Executive Officer) and Nick Judd
(Chief Financial Officer). The Committee monitors compliance with the Group’s Market Disclosure Policy which covers
compliance with NZX Listing Rules, the Companies Act 1993, the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 and other guidelines
issued by the Financial Markets Authority and the NZX.
The Committee meets if required outside of normal Board meetings to approve market disclosures.
Marketing & Customer Experience Committee
The Marketing & Customer Experience Committee is comprised of at least two Non-Executive Directors of the Board.
The current composition of the Marketing & Customer Experience Committee is Debbie Birch (Chair), Gráinne Troute,
Cathy Quinn and Rob Campbell. The Committee supports the Board and management on strategy around brand,
marketing and customer experience. The Committee meets a minimum of three times each year, as required.
Sustainability & Risk Committee
The Sustainability & Risk Committee is comprised of at least two Non-Executive Directors of the Board. The current
composition of the Sustainability & Risk Committee is Cathy Quinn (Chair), Rob Campbell, Gráinne Troute and Debbie Birch.
The Committee supports the Board and management on sustainability policies and practices and strategic risk management.
The Committee meets a minimum of three times each year, as required.
Other Committees
The thl Board establishes other temporary Committees from time to time when required for a specific purpose.
This includes Committees for the governance of capital raising processes or for the progression of acquisition opportunities.
Membership of these Committees is assessed on a case by case basis.
Takeover protocols
thl has a written protocol that describes the process to be followed in the event of a takeover offer. The protocol includes
the appointment of a sub-Committee of independent Directors.
Principle 2 – Board composition and performance (continued)
Director independence
The criteria to determine whether Directors are independent is set out in the Board Charter. All the Directors holding office on
30 June 2021, with the exception of Guorong Qian, are considered to be independent. Directors are required to inform the Board
of any relevant information that may impact independence. The Remuneration & Nomination Committee Charter reviews the
independence of Directors on behalf of the Board.
As part of the independence assessment in respect of Cathy Quinn, the Board has considered Cathy’s role as a former partner,
and as a current part-time consultant, at MinterEllisonRuddWatts (MERW). MERW provides legal services to thl. As a former
partner that resigned f rom the partnership in 2019, Cathy has previously been in a senior role in a material professional services
provider to thl. The thl Board is of the view that Cathy’s current and former involvement with MERW does not impact her
capacity to bring an independent view to decisions relating to thl, or act in the best interests of thl, or represent the interests
of thl ’s shareholders generally, and is therefore not a ‘disqualifying relationship’ under the NZX Listing Rules. In coming to that
view, the Board has considered Cathy’s limited involvement with MERW in her current role as a part-time consultant, as well as
the strict protocols that have been in place at MERW since Cathy became a Director of thl, that ensure that Cathy has not had
any involvement in the provision of legal services to thl or any decisions relating to thl f rom MERW’s perspective.
Board Diversity Policy
The thl Diversity Policy endorses and supports diversity in Board, Executive and staff appointments, encompassing differences
including but not limited to gender, ethnicity, race, marital status, sexual orientation, age, employment status, religious belief,
ethical belief or political opinion. When making appointments, the Board and management are committed to considering
diversity as well as the mix of skills and experience needed to expand the perspective and capability of the Board and the
management team as a whole.
The thl Diversity Policy is available at www.thlonline.com. It requires the Board to consider the diversity position of thl annually
and whether to set any measurable objectives, which may be numerical and non-numerical.
The ongoing impact of COVID-19 on thl has meant a delay in the diversity benchmarking work that was scheduled for the 2020
financial year. Preliminary work is currently underway to identify and collate existing diversity information across the Australia,
New Zealand and USA operations. This will identify any specific gaps in the current information base, prior to undertaking a
crew diversity survey which is timed for later in the 2022 financial year. Once completed, the results will be reported to the thl
Board, who will review and set measurable targets for annual reporting from the 2022 financial year onwards.
The Board considers that it currently has the appropriate mix of skills, experience and diversity to fulfil its responsibilities under
the NZX Listing Rules and the thl Diversity Policy.
Principle 3 – Board Committees
The Board should use Committees where this will enhance its effectiveness in key areas, while still retaining
Board responsibility.”
There are five standing Committees described below, each of which operates under a written charter. The performance of the
standing Committees is reviewed annually against the Charters.
Each Committee is authorised to deal with matters as set out in its Charter or falling within its mandate. Where the Board has
delegated decision-making authority to a Committee, that Committee is entitled to make decisions on such matters, otherwise
the Committee is to submit recommendations to the Board for consideration. From time to time, the Board delegates specific
matters to the appropriate Committee in order to ensure that a detailed review and analysis is undertaken. The Committee then
reports back to the Board regarding their findings and recommendations.
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021134135
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Principle 5 – Remuneration (continued)
CEO and Executive remuneration
Decisions concerning the remuneration of the CEO require approval f rom the Board, usually on the recommendation of
the Remuneration & Nomination Committee, unless specifically delegated to that Committee. Decisions concerning the
remuneration of any other C-level positions, General Managers or similar require approval f rom the Chair of the Remuneration &
Nomination Committee and are subject to the oversight of the Committee at least annually.
thl is committed to ensuring that its Executives are fairly and equitably remunerated, and appropriately rewarded for excellent
performance and achievement. In addition, thl uses a remuneration structure to ensure that the interests of the CEO and
Executive team are aligned with the interests of shareholders.
The CEO and Executive remuneration generally consists of a fixed base salary and allowances, annual performance-based
incentives and long-term equity-based incentives. The fixed base salary of the CEO and Executive team is reviewed once every
two years and benchmarked against the median of the market Annual performance-based incentives are linked to financial
and individual targets.
Ordinarily, the CEO and CFO’s annual short-term incentive is based 90% on Company financial performance (net profit after tax,
and return on funds employed), and 10% on individual performance against specific targets (such as acquisitions and investor
relations). The annual incentives of other Executives are based 40% on Company financial performance and 40% on other
financial targets, and 20% on individual performance against specific targets. Other eligible senior staff have annual incentives
based 60% on financial performance and 40% on individual performance against specific targets.
However, in May 2020, the Board decided that for the year ended 30 June 2021, the normal cash-based short-term incentive
scheme would be suspended and replaced with a new thl share-based retention scheme (Share Retention Scheme).
The rationale for the implementation of the replacement Share Retention Scheme was that ongoing uncertainty of trading
conditions due to the pandemic meant that no meaningful performance targets could be set. The scheme was to encourage
the retention of key employees beyond the normal 12 month period under the ordinary short-term incentive scheme.
Additionally, it was to minimise cash expenditure by replacing a cash-based scheme with a share-based scheme, aligning
the interests of eligible senior staff with shareholders.
Under the Share Retention Scheme, eligible staff were invited to participate in the scheme, whereby retention share rights
are granted to participants to the value of their contractual short-term incentive bonus. Once vested, the share rights are
convertible into ordinary shares for no exercise price. Half of the issued share rights vest after 12 months, with the remaining
50% vesting after a further 12 months. Vesting of share rights is also subject to the individual remaining employed by thl, as well
as thl achieving a base financial target for the applicable financial year. In July 2021, half of the share rights that were issued
to participating employees in July 2020 were exercised (where those employees met the retention criteria), and an equivalent
amount of ordinary shares were issued.
Under the Share Retention Scheme, the Executive team (including the CEO and CFO) were issued share rights to the value of
50% of their contractual short-term incentive bonus, and were issued retention share options in respect of the remaining 50%.
The retention share options operate in a similar manner to options issued under thl ’s long-term incentive (LTI) scheme, with
shorter vesting periods. The vesting period and conditions for retention share options are equivalent to those of the share rights
(i.e. 50% after 12 months and 50% after a further 12 months).
The LTI scheme is designed to align the interests of the Executives with those of the shareholders. Executives are rewarded for
long-term increases in shareholder value. Executives are invited to participate in the long-term incentive plan by the Board on
an annual basis, and participating Executives are awarded share options at the discretion of the Board. The awarding of options
is based on a percentage of fixed remuneration, based on a valuation of the options carried out each year by KPMG. Details of
the schemes and the status of options issued under the schemes is included in note to the Financial Statements.
Further detail regarding CEO remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2021 is set out in the CEO remuneration note below.
Staff remuneration
Decisions concerning remuneration of other thl staff require approval on a “one-up” basis. This means that no person may make
decisions on the remuneration of any person reporting to them without the approval of the person to whom they report.
The number of thl staff which received remuneration exceeding $100,000 in the year ending 30 June 2021 is set out in the
employee remuneration section.
Principle 4 – Reporting and disclosure
“The Board should demand integrity in financial and non-financial reporting, and in the timeliness and balance
of corporate disclosures.”
The Board is committed to ensuring that shareholders and the market are provided with complete and timely information
about the activities of the business to allow proper accountability between thl and shareholders, employees and other
stakeholders. The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring the integrity of thl ’s reporting and disclosure.
Continuous disclosure
thl ’s obligations under the NZX Listing Rules require it to advise the market about any material events promptly and without
delay once the Company becomes aware of such information. The Board has in place a Market Disclosure Policy in order to
ensure that the Company is able to comply with its continuous disclosure obligations.
The Market Disclosure Policy contains a procedure for the escalation of potential material information to the Market Disclosure
Committee, in order to allow the Committee to determine whether the information is material and whether an announcement
is required. The Market Disclosure Policy is provided to all thl staff and is also available on www.thlonline.com. Additionally, thl
provides training regarding its continuous disclosure obligations to all staff, sends annual reminders of thl ’s Market Disclosure
Policy and information escalation procedures, and monitors compliance on an ongoing basis.
Financial reporting
The Audit Committee is responsible to the thl Board in relation to financial reporting. It reviews the interim and annual financial
statements and reports to the Board regarding compliance with relevant laws and recognised accounting policies. It is also
responsible for ensuring that thl retains accurate financial and accounting records, and that all financial reporting is done in
an accurate and timely manner.
Non-financial reporting
thl has adopted the internationally recognised International Integrated Reporting <IR> Framework in order to ensure
its disclosure of non-financial reporting is balanced, transparent, connected to the financial, social and environmental
performance, and easily comparable to other companies.
Principle 5 – Remuneration
“The remuneration of Directors and Executives should be transparent, fair and reasonable.”
thl is committed to a fair approach to remuneration which ensures alignment between remuneration levels and business
needs. A clear set of boundaries and process to guide thl ’s philosophy for remuneration has been set by the Remuneration
& Nomination Committee in the thl Remuneration Policy.
The thl Remuneration Policy is available on thl ’s website at www.thlonline.com.
Director remuneration
The fees payable to Directors is set by the Board, usually with the advice of independent consultants, in line with the thl
Remuneration Policy. Director remuneration is to be appropriate to the market and reflect the time commitment and
responsibilities of the role. As thl does not have any Executive Directors, its Director remuneration policy is applicable only
to Non-Executive Directors.
The total fee pool approved by the shareholders for Director remuneration at the 2018 Annual Meeting is $750,000. The annual
fees currently paid to Directors is $175,000 for the Chairperson, $87,500 for each Director, plus $15,000 for the Chairperson of the
Audit Committee and $10,000 for the Chairperson of each other Committee. Total Directors’ remuneration received, or due and
receivable during the year ended 30 June 2021 is set out on page 139 in the Director remuneration note below.
thl also has in place a fixed share plan under which Directors may elect to receive ordinary shares in thl in lieu of their Director
fees (either in whole or in part). This share plan was previously approved by thl shareholders.
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021136137
Principle 7 – Auditors
“The Board should ensure the quality and independence of the external audit process.”
The Audit Committee is responsible for recommending the appointment and removal of external auditors, ensuring their
independence and regularly monitoring and reviewing both internal and external audit practices. The Committee closely
monitors thl ’s relationship with the external auditor, including:
• Ensuring the rotation of the external auditor or lead partner and peer review partner at least every five years;
• Obtaining confirmation of the auditor’s independence in writing; and
• Monitoring and approving any other services provided by the external auditor to thl other than in its audit role, and
monitoring total non-audit fees.
The Audit Committee Charter sets out the types of services which the external auditor is prohibited f rom providing to thl
in order to ensure that their ability to provide audit services is not impaired and that they remain independent.
thl ’s current external auditor is PwC New Zealand. PwC was re-appointed by shareholders at the 2020 Annual Meeting. In
accordance with thl ’s Board Charter, PwC New Zealand will attend the 2021 Annual Meeting and be available to answer
questions about the conduct of its audit and the preparation and content of its audit report.
Throughout the year, there is ongoing dialogue between the Audit Committee, management and PwC in their role as external
auditors. Additionally, PwC regularly attend meetings of the Audit Committee at the invitation of that Committee and have
direct engagement with that Committee without management presence, as appropriate.
thl has an internal audit function which is based on an annual plan prepared by management, reflecting thl ’s risk
management f ramework. The Audit Committee receives and reviews reports f rom the internal audit team, and is responsible
for ensuring that recommendations, actions and timelines for internal audits are agreed and undertaken with management.
Principle 8 – Shareholder rights and relations
“The Board should respect the rights of shareholders and foster constructive relationships with shareholders that
encourage them to engage with the issuer.”
Access to information
The Board aims to ensure that shareholders are able to access up-to-date information regarding thl ’s business and ongoing
developments in an easy-to-access format. thl makes available on its website a description of each of its businesses, historical
interim and annual reports and other shareholder communications, and key corporate governance documents as required
by the Code.
Shareholders have the option to receive communications f rom thl electronically by electing to do so with thl ’s share registrar,
Link Market Services. thl encourages all shareholders to opt in to receiving electronic communications where practical to
reduce waste.
A brief biography of each of thl ’s Directors and key members of the Executive team is available on thl ’s website.
Annual Meetings
The Board encourages all shareholders and stakeholders to attend its Annual Meetings. It aims for all Annual Meetings
to be attended by all Directors as well as the CEO, the CFO and the Deputy CFO, and to ensure that they are available for
questions from shareholders. Notice of the Annual Meeting is communicated to shareholders (including by being posted on
thl ’s website) as soon as possible, with at least 20 working days prior notice being given in accordance with the NZX Corporate
Governance Code.
The 2020 Annual Meeting was held as a virtual meeting, with all shareholders being able to live-stream and submit questions
online. Where an Annual Meeting is held physically, thl also provides the option to live-stream the Annual Meeting for those
shareholders that are unable to attend in person. Shareholders attending via the live-stream have the ability to submit questions
online. A recording of each Annual Meeting is subsequently made available on the thl website.
Principle 6 – Risk management
“Directors should have a sound understanding of the material risks faced by the issuer and how to manage them.
The Board should regularly verify that the issuer has appropriate processes that identify and manage potential
and material risks.”
thl maintains a framework for the identification, assessment, monitoring and management of material risks to thl ’s business.
The thl Board has ultimate responsibility for reviewing thl ’s risk management f ramework, however the ongoing oversight
is delegated to the Sustainability & Risk Committee in respect of strategic risk management, and to the Audit Committee in
respect of financial risk management. The two Committees report to the Board and to each other in respect of potential issues
or risks that require further consideration and response.
Strategic risk management
The responsibility of the Sustainability & Risk Committee is to consider, assess and respond to long-term strategic risks to thl ’s
business, and to ensure that thl maintains sustainable business practices. This includes oversight and management of thl ’s
risk register and risk contingency plans. The thl Board considers that the sustainable business practices are fundamental to
ensuring that thl can continue to deliver value to its shareholders over the long-term.
thl management maintains the material Risk Register and reports to the Board every second month on such risks, with a
more detailed risk register being reported to and reviewed by the Board Sustainability & Risk Committee on a regular basis.
Management monitors risks on an ongoing basis to identify any new risks as well as any potential changes to the threat posed
to thl ’s business from previously identified risks. Further information regarding the key material risks to thl can be found in the
Value Protection section in this report.
Financial risk management
The Audit Committee is responsible for ensuring that thl has appropriate control and systems in place to manage any financial
risks and to protect thl ’s assets. This involves reviewing thl ’s risk management system, business policies and practices and
internal control f ramework. The Committee is also responsible for ensuring that thl maintains insurance coverage which
ensures that earnings are well protected f rom potential adverse circumstances.
Health and safety
The Sustainability & Risk Committee is responsible for monitoring matters relating to occupational health and safety, and
physical and mental wellbeing of thl staff, and report to the Board on such matters.
The Committee works with management to identify and maintain a register of workplace hazards, and to ensure that thl has
in place and appropriately documents its health and safety policies and procedures.
thl management report to the Board on any health and safety incidents, including implementation of responses to prevent
further incidents, on a monthly basis.
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021138139
Directors’ remuneration
Directors’ remuneration received, or due and receivable during the year ended 30 June 2021 is as follows:
20212020
DIRECTORS OF TOURISM
HOLDINGS LIMITED
BASE
DIRECTOR FEE
SUBCOMMITTEE
CHAIR FEE
OTHER
REMUNERATIONTOTAL
DIRECTOR
BASE FEES
SUBCOMMITTEE
CHAIR FEES
OTHER
REMUNERATIONTOTAL
Rob Campbell
167,708––167,708153,125––153,125
Debbie Birch
83,8549,583–93,43876,5635,417–81,979
Rob Hamilton
83,85414,375–98,22976,5638,125–84,688
Guorong Qian
83,854––83,85469,271––69,271
Cathy Quinn
83,8549,583–93,43876,5638,750–85,313
Gráinne Troute
83,8549,583–93,43876,5638,750–85,313
Kay Howe
1
––––29,1673,333–32,500
Graeme Wong
1
––––29,1675,000–34,167
586,97943,125–630,105528,64831,042–626,356
1
Kay Howe and Graeme Wong retired as directors with effect from 31 October 2019.
Each of Rob Campbell, Debbie Birch and Rob Hamilton were issued, or are to be issued, ordinary shares in thl as part of their
Director remuneration. Refer to the section titled “Directors’ share dealings”.
All Directors reduced their Director fees by 50% f rom April to July 2020 (inclusive) as a responsive measure to COVID-19.
CEO remuneration
Fixed remuneration
In FY21 the CEO, Grant Webster, received fixed remuneration including allowances of $651,117 (FY20: $588,417).
The CEO’s base salary was voluntarily reduced by 50% f rom April to July 2020 (inclusive) as a responsive measure to COVID-19.
Short-term incentive
Ordinarily, the annual short-term incentive of the CEO is set at 40% of fixed remuneration and allowances if all performance
targets are achieved. In addition, a further incentive of up to 28% (FY20: 28%) of fixed remuneration and allowances is payable
for the over-achievement of financial and broader business performance targets.
However for FY21, the Board replaced the normal cash-based short-term incentive scheme with a share-based retention
scheme. Consequently, no payment was made to the CEO under the short-term incentive scheme in FY21.
For FY20, no payment was made to the CEO due to the suspension of the short-term performance-based incentive scheme
following the impact of COVID-19.
Share-based retention scheme
In relation to FY21, the Board approved a share-based retention scheme, further details of which are noted on page 135.
The CEO was granted 229,054 retention share options valued at $0.592 each, giving a total value of $135,600 (2020: $0). The CEO
was also granted 67,800 retention share rights valued at $2.00 each, giving a total value of $135,600 (2020: $0). The terms and
vesting criteria for the retention share options and share rights are detailed on page 135.
Long-term incentive
In FY21 the CEO was granted 600,000 share options under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Scheme valued at $0.406, giving a total
value of $243,600. In FY20 the CEO was granted 630,000 share options under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Scheme valued at
$0.385, giving a total value of $242,550.
Under both the 2017 and 2009 Long-Term Incentive Schemes, the options or redeemable ordinary shares (as applicable) vest
from the second anniversary of the issue, with one third vesting after the second year, one third after the third year, and the final
third after the fourth year. In FY21, 301,667 share options vested under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Scheme.
Superannuation
The CEO is a participant in KiwiSaver, and is eligible to receive an employer contribution of 3% of gross taxable earnings.
In FY21 this contribution was $19,534 (FY20: $21,107).
Board composition
thl ’s constitution allows no less than three and up to ten Directors. As at 30 June 2021, the Board of Directors comprised six
Directors, all of whom are Non-Executive Directors.
DIRECTORROLESDIRECTOR SINCEINDEPENDENCE
Rob CampbellChair, Chair Market Disclosure Committee,
Member Audit Committee, Member
Remuneration & Nomination Committee, Member
Marketing & Customer Experience Committee,
Member Sustainability & Risk Committee
May 2013Independent Director
Debbie BirchChair Marketing & Customer Experience
Committee, Member Audit Committee,
Member Sustainability & Risk Committee
September 2016Independent Director
Cathy QuinnChair Sustainability & Risk Committee,
Member Audit Committee, Member Market
Disclosure Committee, Member Marketing
& Customer Experience Committee
September 2017Independent Director
Gráinne TrouteChair Remuneration & Nomination Committee,
Member Audit Committee, Member Marketing
& Customer Experience Committee, Member
Sustainability & Risk Committee
February 2015Independent Director
Rob HamiltonChair Audit Committee, Member Remuneration
& Nomination Committee, Member Market
Disclosure Committee
February 2019Independent Director
Guorong QianMember Remuneration & Nomination
Committee
July 2019Non-Independent
Director
Table of Board attendance
DIRECTOR
BOARD
MEETING
AUDIT
COMMITTEE
MEETING
REMUNERATION
& NOMINATION
COMMITTEE
MEETING
DISCLOSURE
COMMITTEE
MEETING
MARKETING
& CUSTOMER
EXPERIENCE
COMMITTEE
MEETING
SUSTAINABILITY &
RISK COMMITTEE
MEETING
Rob Campbell
1095756
Debbie Birch
984245
Cathy Quinn
1095756
Gráinne Troute
1095256
Rob Hamilton
995756
Guorong Qian
995256
Total meetings held
1095756
Director and Officer gender composition
As at 30 June 2021, being the balance date, thl ’s Director and Officer gender composition was as follows:
20212020
MALEFEMALEMALEFEMALE
Directors
3 (50%)3 (50%)3 (50%)3 (50%)
Officers*
6 (86%)1 (14%)3 (60%)2 (40%)
Executive team**
6 (75%)2 (25%)––
* As per the definition for ‘Officers’ in the Listing Rules
** The new thl Executive team established in September 2020 are the C-suite leaders. Jo Hilson joined thl as Chief Technology Officer after 30 June.
The current gender composition of the Executive team is six males (67%) and three females (33%)
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021140141
Substantial product holders
The following information is provided in compliance with section 293 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 and records
Substantial Product Holder notices received as at 30 June 2021.
NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES IN WHICH
A RELEVANT INTEREST WAS HELD
PERCENTAGE
%
HB Holdings Limited
26,789,44018.26%
Accident Compensation Corporation
8,260,4345.58%
Wilson Asset Management International Pty Limited
7,425,6745.02%
Spread of shareholders
The ordinary shares of Tourism Holdings Limited are listed on the NZX Main Board.
As at 30 June 2021 the total number of voting securities on issue was 151,489,050.
SIZE OF SHAREHOLDINGS
NUMBER OF
HOLDERS
NUMBER OF
SHARES HELD
% OF TOTAL
ISSUED SHARES
1 - 1,000
1,879 996,381 0.66%
1,001 - 5,000
3,182 8,477,214 5.60%
5,001 - 10,000
1,018 7,377,713 4.87%
10,001 - 50,000
814 16,006,774 10.57%
50,001 - 100,000
71 4,992,104 3.30%
100,001 and over
59 113,638,864 75.01%
7,023 151,489,050 100.00%
The above shows the spread of shareholders as at 30 June 2021. The shareholding of New Zealand Central Securities Depository
Limited (NZCSD) has been reallocated to the applicable members of NZCSD.
CEO remuneration (continued)
Total CEO remuneration
The total remuneration of the CEO was as follows:
FY2021FY2020
Base salary
$651,117$588,417
Short-term incentive
––
Share retention scheme*
$271,200–
Long-term incentive
$243,600$242,500
Total
$1,165,917$830,917
* Consisted of retention share rights and share options issued in July 2020. Vesting was subject to certain requirements as detailed on page 135.
50% of the share rights vested in July 2021 and were converted into ordinary shares
The contracted CEO base remuneration has been $678,000 since 2018. The CEO has made voluntary reductions in salary in FY19,
FY20 and FY21. The base salary reflected in the table above is the actual paid amount.
Related Payment for Tourism Futures Taskforce
During FY21, the CEO was appointed as Co-Chair of the Tourism Futures Taskforce, established by the Ministry of Business,
Innovation and Employment (MBIE). thl approved the CEO receiving payments directly f rom MBIE for work undertaken in that
capacity. The total received by the CEO f rom MBIE was $30,111. thl was not involved in the receipt or payment of funds.
Employee remuneration
The number of employees in the Group or former employees (not including Directors) whose remuneration that was paid
in the 2021 financial year (including severance pay) was within the specified bands is as follows:
REMUNERATION
IN $000’s
NUMBER OF
EMPLOYEES
100–10926
110 –11923
120 –12911
130 –1397
140–14911
150 –1595
160 –1696
170 –1793
180 –1896
190 –1992
200 –2094
220 –2292
230–2394
240–2493
260–2691
280–2891
290–2991
300–3092
310–3191
370–3792
410–4191
460–4691
470–4791
5705791
9309391
118011891
Total128
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021142143
Twenty largest shareholders
AS AT 30 JUNE 2021NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES
1 HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited
32,913,950 21.73%
2 Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd
15,112,370 9.98%
3 JPMORGAN Chase Bank
10,580,477 6.98%
4 Accident Compensation Corporation
9,020,462 5.95%
5 Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited
5,881,528 3.88%
6 New Zealand Depository Nominee
3,998,937 2.64%
7 Alpine Bird Manufacturing Limited
1
3,260,870 2.15%
8 Bnp Paribas Nominees NZ Limited
2,774,115 1.83%
9 Grant Gareth Webster & Stephen David Webster
2
2,222,963 1.47%
10National Nominees New Zealand Limited
1,653,500 1.09%
11 HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited
1,573,649 1.04%
12Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited
1,547,644 1.02%
13Dean Neil Edgerton & Nicole Tonnile Edgerton & William Desmond Edgerton
1,421,781 0.94%
14Kay Jocelyn Howe
1,292,702 0.85%
15FNZ Custodians Limited
1,273,536 0.84%
16Custodial Services Limited
1,229,814 0.81%
17Moon Chul Choi & Keum Sook Choi
1,152,222 0.76%
18Alpine Bird (New Zealand) Limited
1
1,144,720 0.76%
19Ja Hong Koo & Pyung Keum Koo
1,050,000 0.69%
20FNZ Custodians Limited
977,024 0.64%
100,082,264 66.00%
1
Entities related to Grant Brady
2
Represents shares beneficially owned by Grant Gareth Webster
The shareholding of New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited (NZCSD) has been reallocated to the applicable
members of NZCSD.
Directors’ shareholdings
As at 30 June 2021, Directors had relevant interests in ordinary shares in thl as below:
INTERESTSHARES
Rob Campbell
Beneficial839,282
Debbie Birch
Beneficial37,442
Cathy Quinn
Beneficial33,673
Gráinne Troute
Beneficial95,833
Rob Hamilton
Beneficial32,268
Guorong Qian
NilNil
Directors’ share dealings
Details of the Directors’ acquisitions and disposals of relevant interests in the ordinary equity securities issued by the Company
are as follows:
Tutanekai Investments Limited (an entity beneficially associated with Rob Campbell) was issued 13,324 ordinary shares on
1 October 2020 at $2.189 per share, as part of Rob Campbell’s Director remuneration for the six months ended 30 September
2020, and 19,071 ordinary shares on 1 April 2021 at $2.294 per share as part of his Director remuneration for the six months ended
31 March 2021.
Debbie Birch was issued 4,899 ordinary shares on 1 October 2020 at $2.189 per share as part of her Director remuneration for the
six months ended 30 September 2020, and 7,012 ordinary shares in the Company on 1 April 2021 at $2.294 per share as part of
her Director remuneration for the six months ended 31 March 2021.
Rob Hamilton was issued 7,804 ordinary shares on 1 October 2020 at $2.189 per share as part of his Director remuneration for
the six months ended 30 September 2020, and 11,170 ordinary shares on 1 April 2021 at $2.294 per share as part of his Director
remuneration for the six months ended 31 March 2021.
General notice of Directors’ interest
Directors have made general disclosures of interests in accordance with s140(2) of the Companies Act. Current interests as at
30 June 2021, and those which ceased during the year, are tabulated below. New disclosures advised during the 2021 financial
year are italicised.
Rob Campbell• Ara Ake Limited
• Auckland University of Technology
• He Toutou Mo Te Ahika Trust
• Just Move Charitable Trust
• New Zealand Rural Land Co.
• NZ Equity Management
• Pāua Wealth Management
• Precinct Properties New Zealand Limited
• Serica Credit Fund
• SkyCity Entertainment Group Limited
• Summerset Group Holdings Limited –
resignation advised in April 2021
• THL Corporate Trustee Limited
• Tutanekai Investments Limited
• Ultrafast Fibre Limited
• WEL Networks Limited
• Chair
• Chancellor
• Trustee
• Trustee
• Chair
• Investment Committee Member
• Advisory Board Member
• Director and Shareholder
• Director
• Chair
• Chair and Shareholder
• Director
• Chair and Shareholder
• Director
• Chair
Debbie Birch• Birch & Associates Limited
• Ngāti Awa Group Holdings Limited
• Ngāti Awa Tourism Limited
• NZ Growth Capital Partners Limited – resignation
advised in January 2021
• Raukawa ki te Tonga AHC Limited
• Taupō Moana Investments Limited
• Te Pūia Tāpapa GP Limited
• Tūwharetoa Hau Rau GP Limited
• Wellington Free Ambulance Trust
• White Island Tours Limited
• Te Puna Whakaaronui’s Thought Leaders Group
• Treasury Capital Markets Advisory Committee
• Director
• Director
• Director
• Director
• Chair
• Chair
• Director
• Director
• Trustee
• Director
• Member
• Member
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021144145
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2021
General notice of Directors’ interests (continued)
Cathy Quinn• Fertility Associates Holdings Limited
• Fletcher Building Industries Limited
• Fletcher Building Limited
• Fonterra Co-operative Group Limited
• MinterEllisonRuddWatts
• New Zealand Treasury Board – resignation
advised in November 2020
• Rangatira Limited
• University of Auckland
• Chair
• Director
• Director
• Director
• Consultant
• Member
• Director
• Pro-Chancellor
Gráinne Troute• Investore Property Limited
• Summerset Group Holdings Limited
• Tourism Industry Aotearoa
• Director
• Director
• Chair
Rob Hamilton• Auckland Grammar School
• SkyCity Entertainment Group Limited –
resignation advised February 2021
• Stelvio Consulting Limited
• Synlait Milk Limited
• Trustee
• Chief Financial Officer
• Director and Shareholder
• Consultant
Guorong Qian• CITIC Capital Holdings Limited• Vice Chairman
NZX Waivers
On 27 February 2017 thl obtained a waiver f rom NZXR f rom Rule 8.1.7 (which ensures that options may not be subsequently
amended by an issuer in a manner that is detrimental to the interests of the holders of the underlying Equity Securities). The
waiver was granted to the extent that the Rule would otherwise prevent the issue of options under thl ’s long-term incentive
scheme for senior executives, introduced in 2017. The ruling allows for a formula to be used for the exercise price of the options
that will result in a fluctuating exercise price.
On 22 May 2019 thl obtained a waiver f rom NZXR f rom Listing Rule 6.5.2 under the revised NZX Listing Rules. This waiver
re-documented the existing waiver received on 27 February 2017 in respect of Rule 8.1.7 under the former NZX Listing Rules. In
April 2021, thl relied on this waiver in the issuance of new options under its long-term incentive scheme.
Directors’ loans
There were no loans by the Group to Directors.
Directors’ insurance
The Group has arranged insurance cover and provided deeds of indemnity for Directors’ and Officers’ liability.
Auditor
In accordance with section 207T of the Companies Act 1993, PricewaterhouseCoopers are appointed as the Group’s auditors.
Auditors’ remuneration is detailed in note 4 to the financial statements.
Subsidiary companies
During the financial year ending 30 June 2021, the Directors of thl ’s subsidiary companies were as follows. No Director of
any subsidiary received beneficially any Director’s fees or other benefits except as an employee. The remuneration and other
benefits of such employees, received as employees, are included in the relevant bandings for remuneration disclosed under
Employee Remuneration on page 140.
THL Motorhomes LimitedGrant Webster
THL Motorhomes UK LimitedGrant Webster and Daniel Schneider
Waitomo Caves LimitedGrant Webster
Waitomo Caves Holdings LimitedGrant Webster
GeoZone LimitedGrant Webster
THL Corporate Trustee LimitedRob Campbell
Road Bear NZ LimitedGrant Webster
TH2connect GP LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Judd (appointed September 2020) and Jennifer Bunbury
(ceased September 2020)
Action Manufacturing Group GP LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Judd (appointed January 2021), Grant Brady, Chris Devoy,
Ralph Marshall
Maui Rentals Pty LimitedGrant Webster and Catherine Meldrum
The Green Bus Company Pty LimitedGrant Webster and Catherine Meldrum
THL Oz Pty LimitedGrant Webster and Catherine Meldrum
Tourism Holdings Rental Vehicles Pty LimitedGrant Webster and Catherine Meldrum
World Travel Headquarters Pty LimitedGrant Webster and Catherine Meldrum
Tourism Holdings Australia Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Catherine Meldrum and Rob Campbell
THL Group (Australia) Pty LimitedGrant Webster and Catherine Meldrum
El Monte Rents IncGrant Webster
JJ Motorcars IncGrant Webster
Tourism Holdings USA IncGrant Webster
Outdoria Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Gerard Ryan
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021146147
Board of Directors
Rob Campbell (Auckland) Chair
Independent Director appointed in May 2013. Rob Chairs the thl Board (appointed August 2013) and the Market Disclosure
Committee (appointed April 2014), and serves on all of thl’s Board sub-Committees. Rob has over 30 years’ experience
in investment management and corporate governance. Rob is currently Chair of SkyCity Entertainment Group Limited,
New Zealand Rural Land Co., Ultrafast Fibre Limited and WEL Networks, and is a Director of Precinct Properties. Rob trained
as an economist and has worked in a variety of capital market advisory and governance roles over a long period.
Debbie Birch (Wellington)
Independent Director appointed in September 2016. Debbie Chairs the Marketing & Customer Experience Committee
(appointed November 2019) and serves on the Audit Committee and Sustainability & Risk Committee. Debbie has held various
Director and trustee positions for the last 10 years and is currently Chair of Taupō Moana Investments Limited and Raukawa ki
te Tonga AHC Limited. Debbie is a Board member of White Island Tours Limited, Ngāti Awa Group Holdings Limited, Te Pūia
Tāpapa GP Limited, a Trustee of Wellington Free Ambulance and a Member of Treasury’s Capital Markets Advisory Committee
and Te Puna Whakaaronui Thought Leaders Group. Debbie has significant financial, commercial and strategic experience
gained in Asia, Australia and New Zealand with more than 30 years’ working in global capital markets.
Rob Hamilton (Auckland)
Independent Director appointed in February 2019. Rob Chairs the Audit Committee (appointed November 2019) and serves
on the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and Market Disclosure Committee. Previous roles held by Rob include Chief
Financial Officer at SkyCity Entertainment Group Limited, which included oversight of SkyCity’s International Business division
and ICT function. Rob has also previously served as a Managing Director and the Head of Investment Banking at Jarden
(formerly First NZ Capital). Rob is a respected member of the finance community, with more than 30 years’ experience in senior
finance roles. Rob is also a Board of Trustees member for Auckland Grammar School and has previously been a Board member
on the New Zealand Olympic Committee.
Guorong Qian (China)
Non-Independent Director appointed in July 2019. Guorong serves on the Remuneration & Nomination Committee. Guorong is
currently Vice Chair of CITIC Capital Holdings Limited, a global investment management and advisory firm which employs over
320 staff through seven offices in China, Japan and the United States. Guorong has been with CITIC Capital in various roles since
its founding. He previously worked in various brokerage, asset management and investment roles.
Cathy Quinn (Auckland)
Independent Director appointed in September 2017. Cathy Chairs the Sustainability & Risk Committee (appointed May 2019)
and serves on the Audit Committee, Marketing & Customer Experience Committee and Market Disclosure Committee. Cathy
is a former senior corporate partner at MinterEllisonRuddWatts. She served as the firm’s Chair for eight years and was also a
member of the Australasian MinterEllison Legal Group Executive Board for the period she Chaired the firm. Cathy is a Director
of Fletcher Building Limited, Fonterra Co-operative Group Limited, Rangatira Limited and is Chair of Fertility Associates. Cathy
is also Pro-Chancellor of the University of Auckland. Cathy is a former member of the NZ Securities Commission and Capital
Markets Development Taskforce, and was made an Officer of the NZ Order of Merit in 2016 for services to law and women.
Gráinne Troute (Auckland)
Independent Director appointed in February 2015. Gráinne Chairs the Remuneration & Nomination Committee (appointed
February 2015) and serves on the Audit Committee, Sustainability & Risk Committee and Marketing & Customer Experience
Committee. Gráinne is a Chartered Member of the Institute of Directors and is also a Director of Summerset Group Holdings
Limited and Investore Property, and is Chair of Tourism Industry Aotearoa. Gráinne is a professional Director with many years’
experience in senior executive roles. Gráinne was General Manager, Corporate Services at SkyCity Entertainment Group and
Managing Director of McDonald’s Restaurants (NZ). Gráinne also held senior management roles with Coopers and Lybrand
(now PwC) and HR Consultancy Right Management. She has also spent many years as a Trustee and Chair in the not-for-profit
sector, including having been the Chair of Ronald McDonald House Charities New Zealand for five years.
Corporate information
Directors
Rob Campbell – Chair
Debbie Birch
Rob Hamilton
Guorong Qian
Cathy Quinn
Gráinne Troute
Executive Team
Grant Webster – Chief Executive Officer
Nick Judd – Chief Financial Officer
Gordon Hewston – Chief Operating Officer
(Northern Hemisphere)
Kate Meldrum – Chief Operating Officer
(Australia)
Matthew Harvey – Chief Operating Officer
(New Zealand)
Ollie Farnsworth – Chief Commercial and
Customer Officer
Juhi Shareef – Chief Responsibility Officer
Jo Hilson – Chief Technology Officer
Steven Hall – Deputy Chief Financial Officer
Registered office
Level 1
83 Beach Road
Auckland 1010
New Zealand
Share register
Tourism Holdings Limited shares are listed
on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX)
Share registrar
Link Market Services Limited
PO Box 91976
Auckland
Tel: +64 9 375 5998
Email: enquiries@linkmarketservices.co.nz
Auditors
PwC
Auckland, New Zealand
Solicitors
MinterEllisonRuddWatts
Auckland, New Zealand
Investor relations enquiries
Amir Ansari
Email: investor.relations@thlonline.com
thl Integrated Annual Report 2021148
Notes
INTEGRATED
ANNUAL REPORT
2021
---
Tourism Holdings Limited Results Announcement
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer Tourism Holdings Limited
Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2021
Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2020
Currency New Zealand Dollars
Amount (000s) Percentage change
Revenue from continuing
operations
$359,173 (10)%
Total Revenue $359,173 (10)%
Net profit/(loss) from continuing
operations
$(14,514) (153)%
Total net profit/(loss) $(14,514) (153)%
Final Dividend
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
It is not proposed to pay a final dividend.
Imputed amount per Quoted
Equity Security
Not Applicable
Record Date Not Applicable
Dividend Payment Date Not Applicable
Current period Prior comparable period
Net tangible assets per Quoted
Equity Security
$1.73 $1.86
A brief explanation of any of the
figures above necessary to
enable the figures to be
understood
Refer to attached investor presentation.
Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised to
make this announcement
Rob Campbell
Contact person for this
announcement
Grant Webster
Contact phone number +64 9 336 4255
Contact email address grant.webster@thlonline.com
Date of release through MAP
26 August 2021
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.